Home

Advantys STB - LUCKINSlive

1. 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Start in progress E Ready In local control L Input 1 3 or 1 4 Avg motor current bit5 powered pn All faults Avg motor current bit 4 All warnings Avg motor current bit 3 Tripped Avg motor current bit 2 _ Fault reset authorized Avg motor current bit 1 nput 1 or 1 2 powered on Avg motor current bit 0 Motor running Word 2 Module Status Register 458 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not used OA1 status LI2 status OA3 status LI1 status LO1 status Not used Word 3 Warning Register 461 15 ES aaa EEs eenma 3 Eeo Module warning Not used Not used Thermal warning Word 4 I O status on a controller base 459 15 14 13 12 41 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Output 05 06 status E 1 1 local control of output 13 Output 95 96 amp 2 local control of 97 98 status output 23 Output 23 status 1 3 contactor status Output 13 status on output 13 Not used 4 contactor status on output 23 1 10 input status in local remote mxed mode 5 input status reset 6 input status external fault 7
2. Identification Pin Number Function 5 Sig 6 Sig 7 Shield SW4 reset push button D1 D2 D3 D4 LED outputs D5 D6 LED CAN profibus E D7 D8 LED power USB A5 inputs outputs 1 IN1 2 IN1 3 IN2 4 IN2 5 OUTcom 6 OUT1 7 OUT2 8 OUT3 9 OUT4 A6 CAN bus connections 1 CANH CANL REFcom A7 RS485 communication aot A8 IHM connection optional 1 VCC IHM 2 GND IHM 3 Rx 4 Tx 5 REFcom Not available for Advantys STB Broken wire and short circuit detection are not available Fallback mode is to hold the last value NOTE e Some of these functions and features are available when the eNod4 T weighing module is connected to an Advantys STB island as an enhanced CANopen device e For detailed descriptions of eNod4 T terminals ports jumpers switches DIPs LEDs wiring and parameters refer to the user manual from the manufacturer Scaime 31006709 7 2013 177 eNod4 T Weighing Module Configuration Follow these steps to configure an eNod4 T module as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island Step Action Comment 1 Disconnect the eNod4 T from any power supply and CAN connections 2 Set the jumpers e JP1 4 ON 6 OFF wires load cell e JP4 End of line ON for CANopen 3 Set the baud rate to 500 kbit s Use the dipsw
3. L extension output 0 extension output 1 extension output 2 _ extension output 8 extension output 9 Register 1 15 haha 12 11 10 9 le 7 le 5 4 s 1 jo not used CPV direct output 7 CPV direct output 6 CPV direct output 5 CPV direct output 4 Register 2 ns ha hahe 11 10 9 a 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 fo EER notused py direct output 15 CPV direct output 14 CPV direct output 13 Register 3 CPV direct output 12 15 haha h2 11 10 9 Js 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 fo a not used extension output 7 extension output 6 extension output 5 L_ extension output 3 extension output 4 Register 4 hs 14 hs fia 11 fo Jo a 7 Je 5 Ja Js 2 1 Jo Led notused extension output 15 extension output 14 extension output 13 extension output 12 extension output 10 extension output 11 NOTE When the valve is configured to extend only to a CP input module registers 1 and 2 of the output process image are used When the valve is configured to extend beyond the CP input module to a CPV terminal or a CP output module all 4 registers are used 31006709 7 2013 23 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal Input Process Image The Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs valve always sends 2 registers of input process image across the island b
4. UO i IR AHO ES l 00000000 1 port with RJ45 connector to HMI or PC 2 port with RJ45 connector to LTM R controller 3 status indicating LEDs 4 plug in terminal voltage inputs 5 plug in terminal logic inputs and common The CANopen Connection The TeSys T MMC is designed to work over various fieldbus protocols one of which is CANopen and is the one this chapter focuses on It describes the Telemecanique TeSys T MMC as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island configuration The chapter covers the configuration of the internal CANopen communications port for each of the four different variants of the TeSys T MMC 31006709 7 2013 267 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Additional Information Detailed descriptions of TeSys T MMC components wiring LED patterns set up procedures and functionality can be found in the following Schneider Electric documents TeSys T CANopen Users Manual 1639503 TeSys T Installation Guide 1639508 TeSys T CANopen Quick Start Guide 1639574 TeSys T MMC Custom Logic Users Manual 1639507 TeSys T MMC Addendum to Users Manual 1639583 PowerSuite Instruction Sheet 1494182 268 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management The Four Varieties of TeSys T MMC Devices TeSys T MMC Variations The TeSys T MMC appears in the form of four variants in the Advantys Configuration Software
5. not used actuator 8 short circuit or not used actuator 7 short circuit or not used actuator 6 short circuit or not used L actuator 1 short circuit or not used __ actuator 2 short circuit or not used _ actuator 3 short circuit or not used actuator 4 short circuit ornot used actuator 5 short circuit or not used The sixth input register reports actuator short circuit status on pin 2 of each socket When pin 2 of a socket is configured to support an input or a diagnostic the associated bit in this register is not used A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected short circuit on the associated actuator output sixth input register pin 2 actuator short circuit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 3 j2 1 O0 not used actuator 16 short circuit or not used actuator 15 short circuit or not used actuator 14 short circuit or not used L actuator 9 short circuit or not used actuator 10 short circuit ornot used actuator 11 short circuit ornot used actuator 12 short circuit or not used L_ actuator 13 short circuit or not used 74 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices The seventh input register reports actuator warnings on pin 4 of each socket When pin 4 of a socket is configured to support an input th
6. 5 36 2 3 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SPO0 Splitter Box 00 00 eee 38 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 Splitter Box Overview 39 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 Functional Description 40 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 Process Image 43 2 4 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08CMO Splitter Box 4 46 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08CM0O Splitter Box Overview 47 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08CM0 Functional Description 48 Advantys FTB 1CNO8EO8CM0 Process Image 53 2 5 Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 Splitter Box 2 0 57 Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 Splitter Box Overview 58 Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 Functional Description 59 Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 Process Image 62 31006709 7 2013 3 2 6 Advantys FTB 1CN16CP0 Splitter Box 20004 65 Advantys FTB 1CN16CPO0 Splitter Box Overview 66 Advantys FTB 1CN16CP0 Functional Description 67 Advantys FTB 1CN16CP0 Process Image 0 71 2 7 Advantys FTB 1CN16CMO Splitter Box 20004 77 Advantys FTB 1CN16CMO0 Splitter Box Overview 78 Advantys FTB 1CN16CMO0 Functional Description 79 Advantys FTB 1CN16CMO Process Image 00 83 Chapter 3 Parker Moduflex Valve System CANopen Module P2M2HBVC11600 0 cece eee eee 89 Parker Moduflex P2M2HBVC11600 Overview
7. Word 5 amp 6 PKW Request Object PKW Service Word 7 amp 8 PKW Request Data PKW Service 224 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Section 12 5 CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu R Overview This section describes the CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu R variant of a TeSys U motor control device What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Configuring the CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu R 226 CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu R Data Process Image 230 31006709 7 2013 225 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Configuring the CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu R Introduction The CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu R is the TeSys U Starter Controller with Mu function Control Unit operating in Remote Mode variant of the TeSys U series of motor control devices You can use this variant when you need a starter or a starter controller up to 15kW for a 3 phase motor class 10 0 12 or 0 32A rating with a multi function control unit that protects against overloads short circuits phase imbalance insulation breaks and offers a manual or automatic reset NOTE In an installation containing TeSys U starter controllers and TeSys U controllers motor management is identical from the point of view of the fieldbus master Makeup of the CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu R The makeup of the CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu R device as discussed in this section can be assembled with any one of the following combinations
8. output 15 output 14 not used output 13 output 12 Input Process Image Register 1 Diagnostic Data first 8 outputs L_ output 8 L output 9 L output 10 I output 11 hs fia 13 h2 11 10 Jo Js 7 Je 2 1 0 output 7 diagnostic output 6 diagnostic output 5 diagnostic not used output 4 diagnostic Register 2 Diagnostic Data last 8 outputs L_ output 0 diagnostic L output 1 diagnostic output 2 diagnostic output 3 diagnostic 15 ha 13 h2 11 holo a 7 e 210 not used output 15 diagnostic output 14 diagnostic output 13 diagnostic output 12 diagnostic p L_ output 8 diagnostic output 9 diagnostic output 10 diagnostic output 11 diagnostic 94 31006709 7 2013 Chapter 4 XCC 351xxS84CB Absolute Rotary Encoder About this Chapter This chapter describes the Telemecanique XCC 351xxS84CB absolute rotary encoder as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island configuration What Is in This Chapter This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page XCC 351xxS84CB Absolute Rotary Encoder 96 XCC 351xxS84CB Encoder Configuration
9. 4 CANopen TeSys T with Expansion Module Network Interface Module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied TeSys T R MMC expansion module ouRWONnd NOTE You can use any standard Advantys STB NIM see page 193 to control the TeSys T MMC 296 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Configuring the STB Island Next you need to use the Advantys Configuration Software ACS to logically setup the TeSys T R and the Advantys STB island Step Action 1 Start the ACS software 2 Begin to configure the STB island shown in the above figure by dragging the modules from the hardware catalog on the right hand side of the screen Select a TeSys T R with Expansion Module from the Enhanced CANopen section of the hardware catalog browser An image of the TeSys T R with Expansion Module connected to the STB XBE CANopen extension module appears on the screen as shown in the above figure see page 296 Click on OK to save the parameter settings and return to the main menu Build and download the island configuration to the NIM A variety of available Schneider Electric documents see page 268 contain detailed descriptions of TeSys T components wiring LED patterns functionality and set up procedures 31006709 7 2013 297 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management
10. 31006709 7 2013 233 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Section 12 6 CANopen TeSys U C Ad Controller Overview This section describes the CANopen TeSys U C Ad variant of a TeSys U motor control device What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Configuring the CANopen TeSys U C Ad Controller 235 CANopen TeSys U C Ad Data Process Image 239 234 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Configuring the CANopen TeSys U C Ad Controller Introduction The CANopen TeSys U C Ad is the TeSys U Controller with Advanced Control Unit variant of the TeSys U series of motor control devices You can use this variant when you need a motor controller up to 450kW for a 3 phase motor class 10 20 with an advanced control unit that protects against overloads short circuits phase imbalance insulation breaks and offers a manual or remote reset Makeup of the CANopen TeSys U C Ad The makeup of the CANopen TeSys U C Ad device as discussed in this section can be assembled with one of the following combinations of power base and advanced control unit Select one of the following power bases e LUTM10BL e LUTM 20BL Select one of the following Advanced Control Units e LUCBT1BL e LUCDT1BL The LULC08 CANopen communication module completes the configuration 31006709 7 2013 235 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Typical Arrange
11. The pin 2 data is reported in the second input word dedicated to the FTB 1CN16EM0 splitter box in the input process image see page 36 Input Filter Constant By default the Input Filter Constant is set to a value of 0 on each channel indicating that the input from a particular sensor is always read Optionally you may set the value to 1 which causes the particular input to be ignored The Module Editor provides 16 editable channels It allows you to set the filter for the 8 standard sensors when the Input Diagnostic parameters are set to a value of 1 and for any additional sensors up to 8 more sensors when Input Diagnostic parameters for those channels are set to 0 31006709 7 2013 35 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CN16EM0 Process Image Input Data The FTB 1CN16EM0 sends a representation of the operating state of its input channels to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in four 16 bit registers This information can be read by the fieldbus master or by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 registers in the range 45392 to 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The splitter box is represented by 4 contiguous registers in this block the data registers followed by the diagnostic registers The specific registers used are determined by the splitter box s node address on the island bus NOTE The following data format is common across the i
12. 90 Parker Moduflex P2M2HBVC11600 Configuration 92 Parker Moduflex P2M2HBVC11600 Process Image 93 Chapter 4 XCC 351xxS84CB Absolute Rotary Encoder 95 XCC 351xxS84CB Absolute Rotary Encoder 96 XCC 351xxS84CB Encoder Configuration 00 98 Functional Description of the XCC 351xxS84CB Encoder 100 XCC 351xxS84CB Process Image 0 0 cee eee eee 102 Chapter 5 Balluff BTL5 H1 Encoder 000ee eee 103 Balluff BTL5 H1 Linear Encoder 0 000 ee eee 104 BTL5 H1 Encoder Configuration 000000 eee eeee 107 Functional Description of the BTL5 H1 Encoder 109 BTL5 H1 Process Image 00 0c cece eee eee 112 Chapter 6 Altivar 31 and 312 Variable Speed AC Drives 115 ATV31 and ATV312 Variable Speed AC Drives 116 ATV31 and ATV312 Configuration and Operation 119 ATV31 or ATV312 Process Image 20000e eee eee 125 Chapter 7 Altivar 32 Variable Speed Drive 129 ATV32 OvervieW 0 0 eee eee ee eens 130 ATV32 Functional Description 0 000 cece ees 132 ATV32 Configuration and Operation 00000 eae 133 ATV32 Process Image 0 00 e eee eee 139 Chapter 8 Altivar 61 Variable Speed Drive 141 ATV61 OvervieW 1 0 ee popii eens 142 ATV61 Functional Description 000020 20 ceee eee 1
13. Self test command Motor low speed command Word 2 Control of Analog Output 1 reserved for future use Word 3 Output Control of Boolean Outputs 700 Smo 7 6 5 4 3 2 1J0 Not used L Logic Output 1 Command L Logic Output 2 Command Logic Output 3 Command L Logic Output 4 Command Logic Output 5 Command Logic Output 6 Command Logic Output 7 Command Logic Output 8 Command Word 4 amp 5 PKW Request Object PKW Service Word 6 amp 7 PKW Request Data PKW Service 31006709 7 2013 299 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Input Data Process Image The TeSys T R with expansion module sends status data of the motor in control to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in 8 contiguous 16 bit registers The input data process image can be read by e the Fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIMs CFG port e the Advantys Configuration Software in the online mode The NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 that represents the data returned the NIM Each input module on the island bus is represented in this data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Representations of the input data process image are shown below Input Process
14. CANopen TeSys T R with Expansion Module Data Process Image Introduction The output and input data process images for the TeSys T R with expansion module are described below NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the fieldbus master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus For more information about each data word in the process image consult the TeSys T CANopen User Manual 1639503 Data Exchange Process The following is an overview of data exchange between the fieldbus master and the Advantys STB NIM while the TeSys T R with expansion module is operating Stage Description 1 The fieldbus master sends 7 words output data process image to the MMC control of the system that is run forward run reverse Control of Analog Output 1 reserved for future user output control of Boolean Outputs PKW request object for PKW service 2 words PKW request data for PKW service 2 words 2 The MMC then sends 8 words input data process image to the fieldbus master e Status Register 1 that is ready tripped e Status Register 2 that is HMI port comm loss e logic input status that is Input status 1 e logic output status that is Output
15. Section 12 8 CANopen TeSys U C Mu R Overview This section describes the CANopen TeSys U C Mu R variant of the TeSys U motor controller What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Configuring the CANopen TeSys U C Mu R Controller 253 CANopen TeSys U C Mu R Data Process Image 258 252 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Configuring the CANopen TeSys U C Mu R Controller Overview The CANopen TeSys U C Mu R is the TeSys U Controller with Multifunction Control Unit in Remote mode variant of the TeSys U series of motor control devices You can use this variant when you need a motor controller up to 450kW for a 3 phase motor class 5 30 with an multifunction control unit that protects against overloads short circuits phase imbalance and insulation breaks It also provides log and monitoring functions including overtorque and no load running warnings fault differentiation and offers a manual or automatic reset Makeup of the CANopen TeSys U C Mu R The makeup of the CANopen TeSys U C Mu R device described in this section uses an LUCMT1BL Multifunction Control Unit with either of the following power bases e LUTM10BL e LUTM 20BL The LULC08 CANopen communication module completes the configuration NOTE Refer to the Telemecanique TeSys U Line Motor Starters catalogue for correct matchup of control unit and power base 3100670
16. Word 2 Control of the Communication Module 703 Not used L Run forward Run reverse Not used Fault reset Not used L Launch auto thermal Overload fault test Not used Word 3 Output Control 700 Not used Reset warning Word 4 amp 5 PKW Request Object PKW Service Word 6 amp 7 PKW Request Data PKW Service Control of output LO1 it 685 2 Control of output OA1 if 686 LSB 2 Control of output OA3 if 686 MSB 2 31006709 7 2013 231 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Input Data Process Image Data from each input module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 The TeSys U Mu R device reports the position starter status information in 8 contiguous registers in this block The exact registers in the process image vary based on the module s node address on the island bus The input data process image can be read by e the Fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIMs CFG port e the Advantys Configuration Software in the online mode Representations of the input data process image are shown below Input Process Image Word 1 Status Register 455 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
17. 1 high output 2 level bo 07 reserved 0 186 31006709 7 2013 eNod4 T Weighing Module This graph shows the output level in net measurement and hysteresis mode High Value Low Value Output Process Image Command Buffer The 8 bit command buffer contains functional commands Functional Command Command Code Note reset 0xDO zero 0xD3 tare 0xD4 cancel tare 0xD5 cancel last command 0xD6 theoretical scaling 0xD7 zero adjustment 0xD8 start physical calibration 0xD9 physical calibration procedure calibration zero acquisition OxDA segment 1 acquisition 0xDB store calibration OxDE end of calibration physical theoretical procedure zero offset OxFO z Calibration Load 1 The 32 bit calibration load accepts values in the range 1 1000000 Before launching a physical calibration procedure each calibration segment must have a corresponding user value for example 1000 points represents a 1kg load 31006709 7 2013 187 eNod4 T Weighing Module Delta Zero Value The 32 bit delta zero value contains the offset in factory calibrated points that can be added or subtracted if its value is positive or negative to the zero calibration value when it uses the zero offset functional command The successful execution of this command resets the register to 0 Global Span Adjusting Coefficient The 32 bit global
18. 208 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Configuring the CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad Starter Controller Introduction The CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad is the TeSys U Starter Controller with Advanced Control Unit variant of the TeSys U series of motor control devices It is assembled with any one of the following combinations of power base and advanced control unit Select one of the following power bases LUB12 LUS12 up to 12A non reversing LU2B12 LU2S12 up to 12A reversing LUB32 LUS32 up to 32A non reversing LU2B32 LU2S32 up to 32A reversing Select one of the following Advanced Control Units e LUCB BL X6 or 1X or 05 or 12 or 18 or 32 e LUCC BL X6 or 1X or 05 or 12 or 18 or 32 e LUCD BL X6 or 1X or 05 or 12 or 18 or 32 The LULC08 CANopen communication module completes the configuration You can use this variant when you need a starter controller up to 15kW for a 3 phase motor class 10 0 12 or 0 32A rating with an advanced control unit that protects against overloads short circuits phase imbalance and insulation breaks and offers a manual or remote automatic reset NOTE In an installation containing TeSys U starter controllers and TeSys U controllers motor management is identical from the point of view of the fieldbus master Preliminary Setup Requirements Prior to using the Advantys STB Software ACS to configure the TeSys U Sc Ad on an STB island you need to set the baud rate and node
19. All warnings Avg motor current bit 3 Tripped Avg motor current bit 2 Fault reset authorized Avg motor current bit 1 Controller power Avg motor current bit 0 Motor running Word 2 Module Status Register 2 456 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 76 5 4 13 2111 0 Not used lAnt resei active Motor transition lockout Not used Network port comm loss Fault power cycle requested Motor restart time undefined _ Rapid cycle lockout Load shedding Motor speed L HMI port comm loss 284 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Word 3 Logic Input Status 457 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Input status 16 il ES Input status 1 Input status 15 L Input status 2 Input status 14 Input status 3 Input status 13 Input status 4 Input status 12 Input status 5 Input status 11 __ nput status 6 Input status 10 Input status 7 Input status 9 Input status 8 Word 4 Logic Output Status 458 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 90 Not used oupa status 1 Output status 2 Output status 3 Output status 4 L Output status 5 Output status 6 L Output status 7 Output status 8 Word 5 amp 6 PKW Re
20. Build an island configuration with the Advantys configuration software Use the Advantys configuration software to build a configuration that matches the physical configuration of the island and download the configuration to the NIM Step 8 Expanded Step 8 Put the drive into Switch on disabled state A WARNING UNINTENDED MOTION Before applying power to the drive write 0x0000 to the drive s control word in the NIM s output data process image Turning power on to the drive with a non zero value in its control word may result in motor rotation Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage To ensure the ATV31x drive is in Switch on disabled state when it powers on write 0x0000 to its Control Word in the NIM s output data process image Step 9 Expanded Step 9 Physically connect the drive to the island Connect the ATV31x drive to the Advantys CANopen Extension module CAN ground CAN low bus signal and CAN high bus signal must be connected between the Advantys CANopen Extension module and the ATV31x drive Consult the ATV31 Modbus manual VVDED303091 or ATV312 Modbus communication manual BBV52816 and the ATV31 CANopen manual VVDED303093 or ATV312 CANopen manual BBV52819 for additional wiring requirements Step 10 Expanded Step 10 Turn on power to the drive attached to the island Turn on power to the ATV31x drive To prevent the drive from exper
21. INTERBUS protocol The INTERBUS fieldbus protocol observes a master slave network model with an active ring topology having all devices integrated in a closed transmission path IOC object Island operation contro object A special object that appears in the CANopen object dictionary when the remote virtual placeholder option is enabled in a CANopen NIM It is a 16 bit word that provides the fieldbus master with a mechanism for issuing reconfiguration and start requests IOS object Island operation status object A special object that appears in the CANopen object dictionary when the remote virtual placeholder option is enabled in a CANopen NIM It is a 16 bit word that reports the success of reconfiguration and start requests or records diagnostic information in the event that a request is not completed internet protocol That part of the TCP IP protocol family that tracks the internet addresses of nodes routes outgoing messages and recognizes incoming messages IP Rating Ingress Protection rating according to IEC 60529 Each IP rating requires the following standards to be met with respect to a rated device e IP20 modules are protected against ingress and contact of objects larger than 12 5 mm The module is not protected against harmful ingress of water e IP67 modules are completely protected against ingress of dust and contact Ingress of water in harmful quantity is not possible when the enclosure is immersed in water up to 1 m L
22. and the sensor sensitivity This setting is expressed as a 10 value meaning that 197500 is equivalent to a 1 975 mV V load cell sensitivity 188 31006709 7 2013 Chapter 12 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Overview This chapter describes Schneider Electric s TeSys U motor control devices consisting of motor starter controllers and motor controllers used as enhanced CANopen devices on an Advantys STB island configuration It covers the integration of the LULC08 CANopen communication module with seven different varieties of TeSys U devices What Is in This Chapter This chapter contains the following sections Section Topic Page 12 1 Introduction to TeSys U Motor Control Devices 190 12 2 CANopen TeSys U Sc St Starter Controller 200 12 3 CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad Starter Controller 208 12 4 CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L 216 12 5 CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu R 225 12 6 CANopen TeSys U C Ad Controller 234 12 7 CANopen TeSys U C Mu L 242 12 8 CANopen TeSys U C Mu R 252 31006709 7 2013 189 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Section 12 1 Introduction to TeSys U Motor Control Devices Introduction This section describes the makeup of a basic TeSys U motor control device and how it can be used as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island configuration Also a description of the seven varieties of TeSys U motor control devices is included at the end of
23. p L_ actuator 1 waming not used actuator 2 waming actuator 8 waming actuator 3 warning actuator 7 waming i actuator 4 waming actuator 6 waming actuator 5 waming 31006709 7 2013 45 FTB IP67 Devices Section 2 4 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08CM0 Splitter Box Overview When you select an Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08CMO device from the STB Catalog Browser in the Advantys configuration software you select a multi channel splitter box By default this box supports 8 sensor inputs with integrated diagnostics You may reconfigure any or all of the 8 sensor inputs as actuator outputs and you may reconfigure any or all of the 8 default diagnostic inputs as sensor inputs Overall this box supports a combination of up to 16 sensor inputs or 8 actuator outputs What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08CM0 Splitter Box Overview 47 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08CM0 Functional Description 48 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08CM0 Process Image 53 46 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08CMO Splitter Box Overview Setting Device Parameters for the Island Bus The Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08CMO device encased in metal has 3 rotary switches to define the baud rate and set the node ID of the device on the STB island bus The switch set up procedure is
24. 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Input status 16 il ES Input status 1 Input status 15 L Input status 2 Input status 14 Input status 3 Input status 13 Input status 4 Input status 12 Input status 5 Input status 11 __ nput status 6 Input status 10 Input status 7 Input status 9 Input status 8 Word 4 Logic Output Status 458 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 90 Not used oupa status 1 Output status 2 Output status 3 Output status 4 L Output status 5 Output status 6 L Output status 7 Output status 8 Word 5 amp 6 PKW Response Object PKW Service Word 7 amp 8 PKW Response Data PKW Service 31006709 7 2013 293 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Section 13 5 CANopen TeSys T R with Expansion Module Overview This section describes the CANopen TeSys T R with Expansion Module variant of a TeSys T Motor Management Controller device What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Configuring the CANopen TeSys T R with Expansion Module 295 CANopen TeSys T R with Expansion Module Data Process Image 298 294 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Configuring the CANopen TeSys T R with Expansion Module Introduction The CANopen TeSys T R with Expansion Module is the TeSys T MMC with an expa
25. 5 4 state of sensor 5 state of actuator 5 2 diagnostic for sensor 5 or actuator 5 state of sensor 13 6 4 state of sensor 6 state of actuator 6 2 diagnostic for sensor 6 or actuator 6 state of sensor 14 7 4 state of sensor 7 state of actuator 7 2 diagnostic for sensor 7 or actuator 7 state of sensor 15 8 4 state of sensor 8 state of actuator 8 2 diagnostic for sensor 8 or actuator 8 state of sensor 16 The pin 2 data is reported in the second input register for the FTB 1CN08E08CM0 splitter box in the input process image see page 53 Input Output Parameters You can configure pin 4 on each of the 8 sockets to support either a sensor input or an actuator output You may also configure pin 2 on each channel to provide diagnostics for the input or output on pin 4 of that socket This is the default setting for pin 2 on each socket e To configure the signal on pin 4 of any of the 8 sockets as an output signal set the associated bit in the Input Output at Pin 4 parameter to 1 If you set a value of 1 to that bit pin 4 on the channel is configured as an output e Toconfigure the signal on pin 4 of any of the 8 sockets as an input signal set the associated bit in the Input Output at Pin 4 paramter to 0 If you set a value of 0 to that bit pin 4 on that channel is configured as an input Input Filter Constant By default the Input Filter Constant is set to a value of 0 on each channel indicating that the input from a particula
26. 5 4 state of sensor 5 state of actuator 5 2 diagnostic for sensor 5 or actuator 5 state of sensor 13 or actuator 13 6 4 state of sensor 6 state of actuator 6 2 diagnostic for sensor 6 or actuator 6 state of sensor 14 or actuator 14 7 4 state of sensor 7 state of actuator 7 2 diagnostic for sensor 7 or actuator 7 state of sensor 15 or actuator 15 8 4 state of sensor 8 state of actuator 8 2 diagnostic for sensor 8 or actuator 8 state of sensor 16 or actuator 16 The pin 2 data is reported in the second input register for to the FTB 1CN16CMO splitter box in the input process image see page 83 Input Output Parameters You have the ability to configure pin 4 and pin 2 on each of the 8 sockets to support either a sensor input or an actuator output You may also configure pin 2 on each channel to provide diagnostics for the input or output on pin 4 of that socket this is the default setting for pin 2 on each socket Two 8 channel parameters in the Module editor of the Advantys configuration software are provided to define up to 16 I O channels in any combination To configure the signal on pin 4 of any of the 8 sockets as an input signal set the associated bit in the Input Output at Pin 4 parameter to 0 If you set a value of 1 to that bit pin 4 on that channel is configured as an output To configure the signal on pin 2 of any of the 8 sockets as an input signal make sure that the Input Diagnostic parameter is set to 0 Then
27. 8 7 6 5 4 2 1 0 not used loss of signal at diagnostic input J actuator waming actuator short circuit sensor short circuit sensor under voltage no sensor power actuator under voltage no actuator power The fourth input register reports the detection of a short circuit on the sensor power supply for the 8 channels A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected short circuit on the associated channel fourth input register sensor power short circuit 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 channel 8 short circuit channel 7 short circuit channel 6 short circuit channel 5 short circuit not used L_ channel 1 short circuit channel 2 short circuit channel 3 short circuit L channel 4 short circuit 31006709 7 2013 73 FTB IP67 Devices The fifth input register reports actuator short circuit status on pin 4 of each socket When pin 4 of a socket is configured to support an input the associated bit in this register is not used A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected short circuit on the associated actuator output fifth input register pin 4 actuator short circuit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 0
28. Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 Functional Description Overview When you open the FTB 1CN12E04SP0 splitter box in the Module Editor in the Advantys configuration software you may e configure pin 2 on each socket to report either I O diagnostics or the states of up to 8 additional sensor inputs e seta filtering constant for each actuator output and sensor input e define the error mode and error value i e the fallback mode and fallback state of each actuator output Input Diagnostic Parameter By default the Input Diagnostic parameter is set to a value of 1 on each channel i e on each of the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box A value of 1 indicates that pin 2 on a socket is reporting diagnostics for the associated actuator or sensor Optionally you may set the value of any of these channels to 0 which configures pin 2 for the associated channel to report the state of a sensor in the range 5 through 12 When the Input Diagnostic parameter for a channel is set to 0 the module does not report diagnostics for the associated actuator or sensor O socket 4 socket 8 socket 3 socket 7 _ socket 2 eo socket 6 socket 1 oe eo socket 5 31006709 7 2013 59 FTB IP67 Devices Socket Pin Default Setting Optional Configurable Setting 1 4 state of sensor 1 N A 2
29. Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 Process Image 43 38 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SPO0 Splitter Box Overview Setting Device Parameters for the Island Bus The Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 device encased in plastic has 3 rotary switches to define the baud rate and set the node ID of the device on the STB island bus The switch set up procedure is defined in the FTB 1CN CANOPEN user manual W9 1606218 02 11 A01 The following table describes some of the important steps to help you configure the device as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island Step Action Result 1 Turn off the operating voltage 2 Set the baud rate rotary switch to position 7 The baud rate is set to 500 kbaud which is the required operating baud rate for an Advantys STB island when it uses enhanced CANopen devices Set the node ID with the other 2 rotary switches The maximum allowable node ID setting is 32 Make sure that the address you set with this switch matches the address set in the Advantys configuration software for this device 31006709 7 2013 39 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 Functional Description Overview When you open the FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 splitter box in the Module Editor in the Advantys configuration software you may e configure pin 2 on each socket to report either actuator diagnostics or the states of 8 sensor inputs e set fi
30. L Logic Output 2 Command Logic Output 3 Command L Logic Output 4 Command Logic Output 5 Command Logic Output 6 Command Logic Output 7 Command Logic Output 8 Command Word 4 amp 5 PKW Request Object PKW Service Word 6 amp 7 PKW Request Data PKW Service 31006709 7 2013 283 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Input Data Process Image The TeSys T L MMC with expansion module sends status data of the motor in control to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in 8 contiguous 16 bit registers The input data process image can be read by e the Fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIMs CFG port e the Advantys Configuration Software in the online mode The NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 that represents the data returned the NIM Each input module on the island bus is represented in this data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Representations of the input data process image are shown below Input Process Image Word 1 Status Register 1 455 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Start in progress E Ready In local control L System on Avg motor current bit5 All faults Avg motor current bit 4
31. LAN local area network A short distance data communications network light industrial I O An Advantys STB I O module designed at a low cost for less rigorous e g intermittent low duty cycle operating environments Modules of this type operate in lower temperature ranges with lower qualification and agency requirements and limited on board protection they usually have limited or no user configuration options linearity A measure of how closely a characteristic follows a straight line function LSB least significant bit least significant byte The part of a number address or field that is written as the rightmost single value in conventional hexadecimal or binary notation 31006709 7 2013 309 Glossary MAC address media access control address A 48 bit number unique on a network that is programmed into each network card or device when it is manufactured mandatory module When an Advantys STB I O module is configured to be mandatory it must be present and healthy in the Island configuration for the Island to be operational If a mandatory module is inoperable or is removed from its location on the Island bus the Island goes to a pre operational state By default all I O modules are not mandatory You must use the Advantys Configuration Software to set this parameter master slave model The direction of control in a network that implements the master slave model is from the master to the slave devices Modbus Mod
32. Set the Command Buffer back to 0 Put the calibration load from step 2 on the load cell and set the segment 1 acquisition command 0xDB in the Command Buffer 10 Wait for the Response Buffer value to change to 2 11 Set the Command Buffer back to 0 12 Set the command OxDE in the Command Buffer to store the calibration 13 Set the Command Buffer back to 0 NOTE When you perform the first calibration or configuration while the connection is being built some data items that have a value range beyond 0 will show value of 0 in the I O image tab Data items change to the user input value when the calibration or configuration is finished If there are unintended operations during calibration restart the process by power cycling the eNod4 T 31006709 7 2013 179 eNod4 T Weighing Module eNod4 T Parameters Settings Parameter Tab Open the eNod4 T Parameters tab in the Module Editor of the Advantys configuration software The configurable parameters are in the Data Item Name column General Parameters IO Image Diagnostics Options A f Hexadecimal Data Item Name Configured Value User Scale Interval 1d Zero Mode a a Zero Tracking Initial Zero Setting Stability Criterion Digital Outputs Configuration Digital Output 1 Setting positive setpoint Digital Output 2 Setting positive setpoint Set Point 1 _2 Configuration Set Point 1 _2 F
33. This sets the baud rate to 500 kbps the required and switch 9 to OFF operating baud rate for an Advantys STB island with enhanced CANopen devices See About the Baud Rate see page 108 4 Set the node ID 1 to 32 with switches 1 though The configured node ID must match the one set 6 on the DIP switch for this module in the Advantys configuration software See About the Island Bus Node ID see page 108 5 Set the termination resistor at DIP switch position To ensure reliable operation the island bus must 10 in accordance with the encoder s physical be terminated using a termination resistor at the position on the island bus last device The terminating resistor in the e ON The encoder is the last device on the encoder is only required when it is the last device STB island on the island bus e OFF The encoder is in any other position on the STB island 31006709 7 2013 107 BTL5 H1 About the Node ID Use switches S1 1 S1 6 to set the node ID The values for the switches are in the table 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 20 21 22 23 24 25 LSB MSB 1 2 4 8 16 32 For example setting only switches S1 3 and S1 5 to ON assigns a node ID of 20 4 16 to the encoder About the Baud Rate The available baud rates for the encoder are in the table Set Value Baud Rate kbps Comment 1 1000 An enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island require
34. for simple yet flexible drive control to and from the drive This information includes Control Word Speed Target Status Word Output Speed 154 31006709 7 2013 ATV71 References For detailed descriptions of ATV71 drive wiring LED patterns display codes set up procedures and functionality refer to user documentation provided by Telemecanique including Document Name Part Number ATV71 0 37 45 kW 200 240 V 0 75 75 kW 380 480 V Installation Manual 1755843 ATV71 55 75 kW 200 240 V 90 500 kW 380 480 V Installation Manual 1755849 Altivar 71P Simplified Manual 1765101 Altivar 71 Programming Manual 1755855 Altivar 71 Communication Parameters 1755861 1755865 Altivar 61 71 CANopen User s Manual NOTE Be sure to read understand and follow the safety messages in the ATV71 user manuals Connection Using the Advantys configuration software select an ATV71 drive from the Enhanced CANopen section of the Catalog Browser The new device appears connected to the end of the island bus DDI 3230 PDT 3100 I gt network interface module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied ATV71 drive arponhd 31006709 7 2013 155 ATV71 ATV71 Functional Description Introduction This topic discusses the functional descr
35. g Eg OA1 status LI2 status OAS3 status LI1 status I LO1 status Not used 250 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Word 3 Warning Register 461 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Module warning Not used Module ID or internal Comm warning Internal temp warning Comm loss on LUCMT Modbus port 1 0 Li Not used Ground fault warning Thermal warnings Long start warning Jam warning Phase imbalance warning Under current warning Not used Word 4 I O status on a controller base 459 15 1413 12m 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Output 05 06 status Output 95 96 amp 97 98 status Output 23 status Output 13 status Not used 1 10 input status in local remote mixed mode 1 9 input status free _ Nord 5 amp 6 PKW Request Object PKW Service Nord 7 amp 8 PKW Request Data PKW Service L 1 1 local control of output 13 2 local control of output 23 3 contactor status on output 13 4 contactor status on output 23 5 input status reset 6 input status external fault 7 input status system ready L 8 input status free 31006709 7 2013 251 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices
36. occur as described in the following table Event Behavior e Fieldbus communications is lost and NIMis The FTB output channels go to a predefined state known configured to detect the failure as the error value output Error value output depends on e NIM fails or power is removed from the NIM how the user configures output error mode see page 60 e CAN cable between this FTB device and the and output error value see page 61 Advantys CANopen Extension module is disconnected e Cable between the EOS and BOS if configured is removed e While the Advantys configuration software is in online mode one of the following operations is performed e Download a new island configuration e Issue a Reset command e Issue a Store to SIM Card command Stop PLC operation Depends upon the configuration of he fieldbus and the fieldbus master While the Advantys configuration software is in Output channels remain in their last known states online mode a Stop command is issued regardless of output error mode see page 60 and output error value see page 67 settings Non Recommended Feature The following feature available only in Version 1 x of the Advantys configuration software is not recommended when the FTB device is connected to the Advantys STB island e Do not use the mandatory module feature on any module in the island that includes an FTB device The FTB device does not behave like Advantys STB I O m
37. of the open fieldbuses supported by Advantys STB What Is in This Chapter This chapter contains the following sections Section Topic Page 2 1 Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 Splitter Box 26 2 2 Advantys FTB 1CN16EMO Splitter Box 32 2 3 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 Splitter Box 38 2 4 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08CM0 Splitter Box 46 2 5 Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 Splitter Box 57 2 6 Advantys FTB 1CN16CP0 Splitter Box 65 2 7 Advantys FTB 1CN16CM0 Splitter Box 77 31006709 7 2013 25 26 FTB IP67 Devices Section 2 1 Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 Splitter Box Overview When you select an Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 device from the STB Catalog Browser in the Advantys configuration software you select a multi channel splitter box By default this box supports 8 sensor inputs with integrated diagnostics You may reconfigure any or all of the 8 default diagnostic inputs as sensor inputs Overall this box supports up to 16 sensor inputs What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 Splitter Box Overview 27 Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 Functional Description 28 Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 Process Image 30 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 Splitter Box Overview Setting Device Parameters for the Island Bus The Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 device encased in plastic has 3 rotary switches to define the baud rate and set t
38. you can modify this behavior such that counter clockwise rotation results in increased position value The following user configurable code sequences are available e Clockwise e Counter clockwise To configure the Code Sequence Step Action Result 1 Double click on the XCC 351xxS84CB inthe The selected module opens in the software Advantys configuration software module editor 2 From the pull down menu in the Configured Value column select the desired setting from the Code Sequence row 100 31006709 7 2013 XCC 351xxS84CB Cyclic Timer When the Cyclic Timer value is Disabled the XCC 351xxS84CB encoder transmits current data to the Advantys NIM only when the position of the encoder changes It does not update the NIM if the position is stable If the encoder s position changes it automatically updates the NIM at intervals determined by the size of the island configuration If you want the encoder to update the NIM when the position of the encoder is not changing you can configure an interval value for the Cyclic Timer parameter NOTE An interval value for the Cyclic Timer is valid only when no position changes are occurring in the encoder If the position is changing the NIM update interval behaves as if the Cyclic Timer is Disabled i e the update interval is determined by the size of the island To set an interval value edit the Cyclic Timer parameter in the Advantys configuration softwar
39. 1 Start in progress Not used 0 L Ready Pole status closed Avg motor current bit5 All faults Avg motor current bit 4 All warnings Avg motor current bit 3 Tripped Avg motor current bit 2 Fault reset authorized Avg motor current bit 1 A1 A2 Terminals powered Up Avg motor current bit 0 Motor running Word 2 Module Status Register 458 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not used Loa status L12 status _ OA3 status L11 status I LO1 status Not used 31006709 7 2013 223 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Word 3 Warning Register 461 15 44 113 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 06 Module warning J Not used Not used Module ID or internal Ground fault warning Comm warning Thermal warnings Internal temp warning Long start warning Comm loss on LUCM _ Jam warning Modbus port Phase imbalance warning Not used Under current warning Word 4 Mechanical amp Power Supply Status Register 457 15 14 1312 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 T0 Not used ee position On Button position Trip Contactor position On 24VDC Power supply present on outputs
40. 295 data process image 298 CANopen TeSys U C Ad configuring 235 data process image 239 CANopen TeSys U C Mu L configuring 243 data process image 248 CANopen TeSys U C Mu R configuring 253 258 CANopen TeSys U Mu L data process image 227 CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad configuring 209 CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L configuring 277 CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu R configuring 226 data process image 230 CANopen TeSys U Sc St configuring 207 data process image 205 CPV CO2 17 F Festo CPV CO2 11 FTB 1CNO8E08CMO 47 FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 39 FTB 1CN12E04SP0 58 FTB 1CN16CMO 78 FTB 1CN16CPO 66 FTB 1CN16EMO 33 FTB 1CN16EP0 27 L LULC08 CANopen communication module 194 setting the baud rate 795 setting the node ID address 195 N Network Interface Modules use with TeSys U devices 193 P P2M2HBVC11600 90 Parker Moduflex valve system 90 S Scaime eNod4 T weighing module 173 TeSys T MMC devices 265 controls amp indicators 267 LMTR Controller 265 LTME Expansion Module 266 TeSys U motor control device 191 communication module 192 control unit 192 power base 192 X XCC 351xxS84CB configuration 98 connection 97 functionality 700 rotary encoder 96 XCC 351xxS84CB process image 102 320 31006709 7 2013
41. 34 in the Advantys configuration software The second input process image register reports the information sent via pin 2 as follows second register pin 2 inputs 15 ha hs h2 hi fio fo e 7 615 4 3 2 1 1 0 L_sensor 1 diagnostic or state of sensor 9 not used f sensor 8 diagnostic or state of sensor 16 L sensor 2 diagnostic or state of sensor 10 sensor 3 diagnostic or state of sensor 11 sensor 6 diagnostic or __ sensor 4 diagnostic or state of sensor 14 state of sensor 12 sensor 7 diagnostic or state of sensor 15 sensor 5 diagnostic or state of sensor 13 When pin 2 on any channel is configured for diagnostics its associated bit value in the second register is interpreted as follows e A value of 1 indicates that there is no signal at pin 2 the associated red LED turns on e A value of 0 indicates that there is a signal at pin 2 the associated LED is off The third input register reports common diagnostics regardless of how the channels are configured A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected problem third register common diagnostic 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J0 L sensor under voltage not used L no sensor power loss of signal at diagnostic input nar actuator under vol
42. 8 outputs L Output 9 Output 10 Not used Output 16 Output 11 Output 15 Output 12 Output 14 Output 13 Register 3 Output Data last 8 outputs L Output 17 Output 18 Not used Output 24 Output 19 Output 23 Output 20 Output 22 Output 21 31006709 7 2013 171 Bosch CANopen Module 172 31006709 7 2013 Chapter 11 Scaime eNod4 T Weighing Module Introduction This chapter describes the eNod4 T weighing module from Scaime It can be used as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island configuration What Is in This Chapter This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page eNod4 T Weighing Module 174 eNod4 T Configuration and Calibration 176 eNod4 T Parameters Settings 180 eNod4 T Process Image 183 31006709 7 2013 173 eNod4 T Weighing Module eNod4 T Weighing Module Introduction The Scaime eNod4 T high performance weighing controller gives strain gauge sensors the advantages of intelligent design systems by offering weighing functions for process control A direct CANopen connection enables communications between the eNod4 T module and an Advantys STB island therefore making the eNod4 T an enhanced CANopen node in an Advantys STB island configuration When used as part of an island configuration the eNod4 T provides a fixed set of weighing information e gross measurement e measurement status e net measurement e d
43. 98 Functional Description of the XCC 351xxS84CB Encoder 100 XCC 351xxS84CB Process Image 102 31006709 7 2013 95 XCC 351xxS84CB XCC 351xxS84CB Absolute Rotary Encoder Overview The Telemecanique XCC 351xxS84CB is a multi turn absolute rotary encoder that reports the position of the rotating shaft to the NIM This encoder is available as an enhanced CANopen device for any Advantys STB island configuration In this capacity the encoder s direct CANopen connection communicates across the Advantys STB island allowing it to function as a node on the island For any supported fieldbus a standard Advantys STB NIM can control the XCC 351xxS84CB encoder The encoder requires the following versions or later of the Advantys STB NIM firmware Fieldbus Advantys Part Number Minimum Version Number INTERBUS STBNIB2212 2 02 CANopen STBNCO2212 2 02 Profibus STBNDP2212 2 04 Fipio STBNFP221 2 03 Ethernet STBNIP221 2 1 4 DeviceNet STBNDN2212 2 04 Modbus Plus STBNMP2212 2 02 The firmware version of the XCC 351xxS84CB encoder must be 1 0 or later 96 31006709 7 2013 XCC 351xxS84CB Connection Using the Advantys configuration software select an XCC 351xxS84CB encoder from the Enhanced CANopen section of the Catalog Browser The new device appears connected to the end of the island bus network interface module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen e
44. A device name or role name is created when you combine the numeric rotary switch setting with the NIM for example STBNIP2212_010 After the NIM is configured with a valid device name the DHCP server uses it to identify the island at power up DeviceNet protocol DeviceNet is a low level connection based network that is based on CAN a serial bus system without a defined application layer DeviceNet therefore defines a layer for the industrial application of CAN DHCP dynamic host configuration protocol A TCP IP protocol that allows a server to assign an IP address based on a device name host name to a network node differential input A type of input design where two wires and are run from each signal source to the data acquisition interface The voltage between the input and the interface ground are measured by two high impedance amplifiers and the outputs from the two amplifiers are subtracted by a third amplifier to yield the difference between the and inputs Voltage common to both wires is thereby removed When ground differences exist use differential signalling instead of single ended signalling to help reduce cross channel noise digital I O An input or output that has an individual circuit connection at the module corresponding directly to a data table bit or word that stores the value of the signal at that I O circuit It allows the control logic to have discrete access to the I O values DIN Deutsche in
45. ATV32 drive configuration menu appears 4 Select 1 6 COMMAND and press ENT You can modify the reference channel configuration 5 Select Ref 1 channel and press ENT Reference channel 1 is used for drive application functions 6 Select CANopen and press ENT The CANopen interface is selected as reference channel 1 7 Select Profile and press ENT Choose whether command and reference come from the same channel 8 Select Not separ and press ENT The ATV32 is configured to use command and reference from the same channel 9 Press ESC three times to exit the configuration ATV32 exits the configuration mode mode 136 31006709 7 2013 ATV32 Fallback Behavior When communications are lost between the drive and the fieldbus master the drive and the motor attached to the drive go to a known state known as the fallback state The behaviors of the drive and the motor differ depending on the cause of the communication loss The following behaviors apply when the default settings are used for the fallback parameters Event Behavior e Fieldbus communication is lost and the NIM is The drive enters the Fault state The motor stops configured to detect the failure rotating e The NIM fails or power is removed from the NIM e The CAN cable between the ATV32 drive and the Advantys CANopen Extension module is disconnected e The cable between the EOS and BOS if configured is removed While the Advantys
46. IP67 Devices Input Diagnostic Registers By default the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box support sensor inputs via pin 4 Pin 4 input data is reported in the first register used by the FTB 1CN16CMO splitter box in the input process image You may configure pin 4 on any of the channels to support outputs in which case the state of the outputs is reported in the output process image and the associated bits in this register are not used first input register pin 4 inputs 15 14 13 f2 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 not used state of sensor 8 L state of sensor 1 or not used or not used state of sensor 7 L state of sensor 2 or not used or not used state of sensor 6 state of sensor 3 ornot used or not used state of sensor 5 state of sensor 4 ornot used ornot used By default pin 2 on each socket is configured to report diagnostics for the associated input or output channels This diagnostic data is reported in the input process image Optionally you may use the Advantys configuration software to reassign pin 2 on any or all of the sockets to support a sensor input or an actuator output When pin 2 on a socket is configured for I O the input or output on pin 4 of that socket does not report diagnostics The second input process image register reports pin 2 data as follows second input register pin 2 inputs 15
47. Image Introduction This topic discusses the input and output data process image for the ATV71 drive NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus Input Data Data from each input module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 The ATV71 drive sends a representation of the operating state of the drive and the attached motor to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in two contiguous 16 bit registers The specific positions of the registers in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus The input data process image can be read by e the fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port e the Advantys configuration software in online mode For more information about each data word in the process image see e ATV61 71 CANopen User s Manual 1755865 e Altivar 71 Communication Parameters 1755861 e Altivar 71 Programming Manual 1755855 Output Data The NIM keeps a record of output data in one block of registers in the process image Information in the outp
48. Image Word 1 Status Register 1 455 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Start in progress E Ready In local control L System on Avg motor current bit5 All faults Avg motor current bit 4 All warnings Avg motor current bit 3 Tripped Avg motor current bit 2 Fault reset authorized Avg motor current bit 1 Controller power Avg motor current bit 0 Motor running Word 2 Module Status Register 2 456 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 76 5 4 13 2111 0 Not used lAnt resei active Motor transition lockout Not used Network port comm loss Fault power cycle requested Motor restart time undefined _ Rapid cycle lockout Load shedding Motor speed L HMI port comm loss 300 31006709 7 2013 Glossary 0 9 100Base T An adaptation of the IEEE 802 3u Ethernet standard the 100Base T standard uses twisted pair wiring with a maximum segment length of 100 m 328 ft and terminates with an RJ 45 connector A 100Base T network is a baseband network capable of transmitting data at a maximum speed of 100 Mbit s Fast Ethernet is another name for 100Base T because it is ten times faster than 10Base T 10Base T An adaptation of the IEEE 802 3 Ethernet standard the 10Base T standard uses twisted pair wiring wit
49. Instruction Sheet 1494182 for details on the setup and operation of the PowerSuite software on a PC A variety of available Schneider Electric documents see page 193 contain detailed descriptions of TeSys U components wiring LED patterns functionality and set up procedures 31006709 7 2013 229 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu R Data Process Image Introduction The output and input data process images for the TeSys U Sc Mu R starter controller are described below NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus For more information about each data word in the process image consult the TeSys U Communications Variables User Manual 1744802 Data Exchange Process The following is an overview of data exchange between the fieldbus master and the Advantys STB NIM while the TeSys U Sc Mu R Starter Controller is operating Stage Description 1 The fieldbus master sends 7 words output data process image to the starter controller Control Register that is run forward run reverse Control of Communication Module reset warning Output Control that is control of output OA1 PK
50. Select the desired value of node address and press ENT The CANopen node address is configured in the drive 4 8 Select the CANopen bit rate and press ENT 4 9 Select 500 kbps and press ENT Note that the baud rate must also be set to 500 kbps in the Advantys configuration software The CANopen baud rate is configured in the drive 4 10 Press ESC four times to exit the configuration mode The ATV71 exits the configuration mode Cycle the drive power The CANopen baud rate and node address take effect 31006709 7 2013 159 ATV71 Step 5 Expanded Fallback Behavior Step 5 Configure the Drive to Use Command and Reference from the CANopen Interface Follow these steps Step Action Comment 5 1 Apply power to the control card of the ATV71 The ATV71 powers on drive 5 2 Press ENT to access MAIN MENU The MAIN MENU appears 5 3 Select 1 DRIVE MENU and press ENT The ATV71 drive configuration menu appears 5 4 Select 1 6 COMMAND and press ENT You can modify the reference channel configuration 5 5 Select Ref 1 channel and press ENT Reference channel 1 is used for drive application functions 5 6 Select CANopen and press ENT The CANopen interface is selected as reference channel 1 5 7 Select Profile and press ENT Choose whether command and reference come from the same channel 5 8 Select Not separ and press ENT The ATV71 is con
51. Start in sega e Ready Not used Pole status closed Avg motor current bit 5 All faults Avg motor current bit 4 All warnings Avg motor current bit 3 Tripped Avg motor current bit 2 Fault reset authorized Avg motor current bit 1 A1 A2 Terminals powered Up Avg motor current bit 0 Motor running Word 2 Module Status Register 458 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7161 5141321 0 Not used L os status L12 status OA3 status L11 status I LO1 status Not used 232 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Word 3 Warning Register 461 15 14113 12 11 10 19181 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Module warning J not used Not used Module ID or internal Ground fault warning Comm warning Thermal warnings Internal temp warning Long start warning Comm loss on LUCM Jam warning Modbus port Phase imbalance warning Not used Under current warning Word 4 Mechanical amp Power Supply Status Register 457 1S f4 is A2 Ao oe eley4n 3 HHL Not used ee position On Button position Trip Contactor position On 24V DC Power supply present on outputs Word 5 amp 6 PKW Request Object PKW Service Word 7 amp 8 PKW Request Data PKW Service
52. V 1 1 or later and the firmware version must be V 1 0 5 or later Connections Using the Advantys configuration software select an RMV04 CO Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve Terminal System module from the Enhanced CANopen section of the Catalog Browser An image of the module appears connected to the end of the island bus as displayed below Network Interface Module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied MV04 C04 CO ahondD NOTE For descriptions of the RMV04 CO wiring LED patterns set up procedures and functionality refer to user documentation provided by Bosch Rexroth 166 31006709 7 2013 Bosch CANopen Module Functional Description The fieldbus master sends 3 bytes to the RMV04 CO to control the outputs of up to 24 valves The RMV04 CO sends 1 byte to the fieldbus master which contains the diagnostic information about the module and the valves see page 770 Resume Normal Operation Following certain events it may be necessary to power cycle the RMV04 CO encoder in order for it to become operational Some of these events include Stopped PLC operation Fieldbus communication is lost and the NIM is configured to detect the failure NIM fails or power is removed from the NIM The CAN cable between the RMV04 CO encoder and the Advantys CANopen Extension module is disconnected The cable between the EOS and BOS if configur
53. a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus Input Diagnostic Registers The FTB 1CN16EP0 provides 8 sensor inputs with integrated diagnostics Each of the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box supports an input via pin 4 and its associated diagnostic via pin 2 Optionally you may use the Advantys configuration software to reassign pin 2 on any or all of the sockets to support an additional sensor input Pin 4 data is reported in the first of the four input process image registers used by the FTB 1CN16EP0 splitter box first register pin 4 inputs as ha fis he 11 10 9 s 7 Je 5 4 s 2 1 Jo not used L state of sensor 1 state of sensor 8 state of sensor 2 state of sensor 7 state of sensor 3 state of sensor 6 state of sensor 4 state of sensor 5 30 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices By default pin 2 on each socket is configured to report diagnostics for the associated sensor input You may configure the settings on any of the channels so that pin 2 supports an input by changing the Input Diagnostic parameter see page 28 in the Advantys configuration software The second input process image register reports the information sent via pin
54. any combination What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Advantys FTB 1CN16CPO0 Splitter Box Overview 66 Advantys FTB 1CN16CP0 Functional Description 67 Advantys FTB 1CN16CP0 Process Image Ti 31006709 7 2013 65 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CN16CP0 Splitter Box Overview Setting Device Parameters for the Island Bus The Advantys FTB 1CN16CP0 device encased in plastic has 3 rotary switches to define the baud rate and set the node ID of the device on the STB island bus The switch set up procedure is defined in the FTB 1CN CANOPEN user manual W9 1606218 02 11 A01 The following table describes some of the important steps to help you configure the device as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island Step Action Result 1 Turn off the operating voltage 2 Set the baud rate rotary switch to The baud rate is set to 500 kbaud which is the required position 7 operating baud rate for an Advantys STB island when it uses enhanced CANopen devices 3 Set the node ID with the other 2 rotary The maximum allowable node ID setting is 32 switches Make sure that the address you set with this switch matches the address set in the Advantys configuration software for this device 66 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CN16CP0 Functional Description Overview When you open the FTB 1CN16CP0 splitter box in
55. any supported fieldbus a standard Advantys STB NIM can control the ATV61 The drive requires the following versions or later of the Advantys STB NIM firmware Fieldbus Advantys Part Number Minimum Version Number INTERBUS STBNIB2212 1 01 CANopen STBNCO2212 1 08 Profibus STBNDP2212 1 06 Fipio STBNFP221 1 03 Ethernet STBNIP221 1 16 DeviceNet STBNDN2212 1 05 Modbus Plus STBNMP2212 1 03 The firmware version of the ATV61 drive must be V1 4 IE08 or later You can attach up to 12 drives to each Advantys NIM if there is enough space in the NIM s data process image For example the data process image of the INTERBUS NIM STBNIB2212 has enough space for a maximum of seven drives NOTE The CANopen NIM STBNCO2212 is limited to a maximum of seven drives regardless of the size of the NIM s data process image When used as part of an island configuration the ATV61 drive provides a fixed set of information for simple yet flexible drive control to and from the drive This information includes Control Word Speed Target Status Word Output Speed 142 31006709 7 2013 ATV61 References For detailed descriptions of ATV61 drive wiring LED patterns display codes set up procedures and functionality refer to user documentation provided by Telemecanique including Document Name Part Number ATV61H 0 37 45 kW 200 240 V 0 75 75 kW 380 400 V Installation M
56. auto addressing The assignment of an address to each Island bus I O module and preferred device auto configuration The ability of Island modules to operate with predefined default parameters A configuration of the Island bus based completely on the actual assembly of I O modules basic I O Low cost Advantys STB input output modules that use a fixed set of operating parameters A basic I O module cannot be reconfigured with the Advantys Configuration Software and cannot be used in reflex actions basic network interface A low cost Advantys STB network interface module that supports up to 12 Advantys STB I O modules A basic NIM does not support the Advantys Configuration Software reflex actions nor the use of an HMI panel basic power distribution module A low cost Advantys STB PDM that distributes sensor power and actuator power over a single field power bus on the Island The bus provides a maximum of 4 A total power A basic PDM includes a 5 A fuse BootP BootP bootstrap protocol is an UDP IP protocol that allows an internet node to obtain its IP parameters based on its MAC address BOS BOS stands for beginning of segment When more than 1 segment of I O modules is used in an Island an STB XBE 1200 or an STB XBE 1300 BOS module is installed in the first position in each extension segment Its job is to carry Island bus communications to and generate logic power for the modules in the extension segment Which BOS module must be sel
57. bus The input data process image can be read by e the fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port e the Advantys configuration software in online mode For more information about each data word in the process image see Document Name Part Number Altivar 32 CANopen Communication Manual S1A28699 ATV32 Communication Parameters S1A44568 Altivar 32 Programming Manual SCDOC1524 Output Data The NIM keeps a record of output data in one block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software in online mode if the island is in Test mode The ATV32 drive uses two registers in the output process image The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 to 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The ATV32 drive uses two contiguous registers in the output data block The specific positions of the registers in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus 31006709 7 2013 139 ATV32 Output Process Image Register 1 Control Word Switch on Enable voltage Quick stop Enable operation Reserved set to 0 Fault reset Assignable Direction of rotation command default Reserved set to 0 Reg
58. bus The switch set up procedure is defined in the Parker Moduflex user manual The following table describes some of the important steps to help you configure the module as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island Step Action Result 1 Turn off the operating voltage 2 Set the baud rate switch labeled SPEED to The baud rate is set automatically to 500 kbaud position AUTO when the module is connected to the Advantys STB island 3 Set the node ID with the other 2 rotary The maximum allowable node ID setting is 32 switches Make sure that the address you set with these switches matches the address set in the Advantys configuration software for this module 92 31006709 7 2013 Parker CANopen Module P2M2HBVC11600 Parker Moduflex P2M2HBVC11600 Process Image Output Data The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or the Advantys configuration software in online mode if the island is in test mode The P2M2HBVC11600 uses 2 registers in the output process image The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The PEM2HBVC1 1600 uses 2 contiguous registers in the output data blo
59. can be any value in the valid range When a channel has hold last value as its error mode the channel will always remain in its last known state if communication is lost It cannot be configured with a predefined error value 31006709 7 2013 41 FTB IP67 Devices Output error modes are configured at the channel level By default the value for each channel is 1 indicating a predefined state on each channel If you set a channel s output error mode value to 0 the output error mode becomes hold last value Output Error Values When an output channel s output error mode is a predefined state you may set a value of either 0 or 1 as the value that the output will go to if communication is lost The default output error value on all channels is 0 Output Filter Constant By default the Output Filter Constant for each channel is 1 indicating that the channel s output will always be set to the commanded value If you configure a channel s bit value to 0 the channel s output will ignore the commanded output value and will hold its last value Fallback Behavior Behavior of this FTB device differs from that of the STB I O modules when certain system events occur as described in the following table Event Behavior e Fieldbus communications is lost and NIM is The FTB output channels go to a predefined state configured to detect the failure known as the error value output Error value output e NIM fails or power is removed
60. data is transferred to the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus For more information about each data word in the process image consult the TeSys U Communications Variables User Manual 1744802 Data Exchange Process The following is an overview of data exchange between the fieldbus master and the Advantys STB NIM while the TeSys U starter controller is operating Stage Description 1 The fieldbus master sends 7 words output data image to the starter controller e Control Register that is run forward run reverse e Control of Communication Module reset warning e Output Control that is control of output OA1 e PKW request object for PKW service 2 words e PKW request data for PKW service 2 words 2 The starter then sends 6 words input data image to the fieldbus master Status Register that is ready tripped e Module Status that is OA1 status e PKW response object for PKW service 2 words e PKW response data for PKW service 2 words Output Data Process Image The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software when online in the test mode The NIM s output data proc
61. data word in the process image consult the TeSys U Communications Variables User Manual 1744802 Data Exchange Process The following is an overview of data exchange between the fieldbus master and the Advantys STB NIM while the TeSys U Sc Ad Starter Controller is operating Stage Description 1 The fieldbus master sends 7 words output data process image to the starter controller Control Register that is run forward run reverse Control of Communication Module reset warning Output Control that is control of output OA1 PKW request object for PKW service 2 words PKW request data for PKW service 2 words 2 The starter then sends 6 words input data process image to the fieldbus master Status Register that is ready tripped Module Status that is OA1 status PKW response object for PKW service 2 words PKW response data for PKW service 2 words 31006709 7 2013 213 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Output Data Process Image The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software when online in the test mode The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represente
62. defined in the FTB 1CN CANOPEN user manual W9 1606218 02 11 A01 The following table describes some of the important steps to help you configure the device as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island Step Action Result 1 Turn off the operating voltage 2 Set the baud rate rotary switch to position 7 The baud rate is set to 500 kbaud which is the required operating baud rate for an Advantys STB island when it uses enhanced CANopen devices Set the node ID with the other 2 rotary switches The maximum allowable node ID setting is 32 Make sure that the address you set with this switch matches the address set in the Advantys configuration software for this device 31006709 7 2013 47 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08CMO0 Functional Description Overview When you open the FTB 1CNO8E08CM0O splitter box in the Module Editor in the Advantys configuration software you may e configure pin 2 on each socket to report either I O diagnostics or the states of up to 8 additional sensor inputs in any combination By default pin 2 is configured to report I O diagnostics e configure pin 4 on each socket to report the states of up to 8 sensor inputs or up to 8 actuator outputs in any combination By default pin 4 is configured to report states of 8 sensor inputs e seta filtering constant for each actuator output and sensor input e define the error mode and error
63. diagnostic for sensor 1 state of sensor 5 2 4 state of sensor 2 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 2 state of sensor 6 3 4 state of sensor 3 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 3 state of sensor 7 4 4 state of sensor 4 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 4 state of sensor 8 5 4 state of actuator 1 N A 2 diagnostic for actuator 1 state of sensor 9 6 4 state of actuator 2 N A 2 diagnostic for actuator 2 state of sensor 10 7 4 state of actuator 3 N A 2 diagnostic for actuator 3 state of sensor 11 8 4 state of actuator 4 N A 2 diagnostic for actuator 4 state of sensor 12 The pin 2 data is reported in the second input register dedicated to the FTB 1CN12E04SP0 splitter box in the input process image see page 62 Input Filter Constant By default the Input Filter Constant is set to a value of 0 on each channel indicating that the input from a particular sensor is always read If you configure a channel s bit value to 1 any input that might be received on that channel is ignored The filter constant may also be used to disable enable channels that are configured for diagnostics Output Error Modes When communications are lost between the splitter box and the fieldbus master the box s output channels go to a predefined state known as the error value output You may configure the error value output for each channel individually An error value output is accomplished in 2 steps e first by configuring the error or fallback mode for each channel
64. drive parameters are configured to their intended settings Parameters in the ATV71 drive may have been set to values different than the factory settings Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage Configuration Follow these steps to configure the ATV71 drive for operation in the Advantys STB system Step Action Comment 1 Disconnect the ATV71 drive from all CAN connections Apply power to the control card of the ATV71 drive Restore the parameters in the drive to the factory settings This step is optional You may want to keep the current drive parameters Refer to Step 3 Expanded see page 158 Set the CANopen baud rate and node address Refer to Step 4 Expanded see page 159 Configure the drive to use command and reference from the CANopen interface Refer to Step 5 Expanded see page 160 Configure other parameters using either the drive s display terminal or PowerSuite This step is optional You may want to keep the current drive parameters Turn off control power to the ATV71 drive Build an island configuration with the Advantys configuration software Use the Advantys configuration software to build a configuration that matches the physical configuration of the island and download the configuration to the NIM Write 0x0000 to the drive s Control Word in the NIM s output data process image
65. for it to become operational Some of these events include Stopped PLC operation Fieldbus communication is lost and the NIM is configured to detect the failure NIM fails or power is removed from the NIM The CAN cable between the BTL5 H1 encoder and the Advantys CANopen Extension module is disconnected The cable between the EOS and BOS if configured is removed While the Advantys configuration software is in online mode one of the following operations is performed download a new island configuration issue a Reset command issue a Store to SIM Card command issue a Protect command NOTE Powering up hot swapping or connecting the BTL5 H1 either alone or in conjunction with other modules can increase the time it takes for those modules to become operational 106 31006709 7 2013 BTL5 H1 BTL5 H1 Encoder Configuration Introduction Configure the BTL5 H1 encoder with the 10 element DIP switch ON OFF H 81 1 81 6 set the node ID 1 7 81 9 set the baud rate 1 10 set the bus termination NOTE The set up procedure for the DIP switch is defined in the user manual supplied by Balluff Configuration To configure the encoder as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island Step Action Result 1 Turn off the operating voltage of the encoder 2 Take off the cover by removing the four screws On the DIP switch set switches 7 and 8 to ON
66. format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus Output Registers Each of the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box supports an actuator output via pin 4 Pin 4 data is reported in the output process image register used by the FTB 1CNO8E08SPO0 splitter box output register pin 4 outputs 15 haha he 11 fro 9 a 7 e 5 J4 Ja 2 1 Jo state of actuator 1 L state of actuator 2 state of actuator 3 not used state of actuator8 state of actuator 7 state of actuator 6 state of actuator 4 state of actuator 5 31006709 7 2013 43 FTB IP67 Devices Input Diagnostic Registers By default pin 2 on each socket is configured to report diagnostics for the associated actuator output This diagnostic data is reported in the input process image Optionally you may use the Advantys configuration software to reassign pin 2 on any or all of the sockets to support a sensor input When pin 2 on a socket is configured for an input the output on pin 4 of that socket does not report diagnostics The first input process image register reports pin 2 data as follows first input register pin 2 inputs 15 14 13 h2 h1 fro fo s 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 _actuator 1 diagnostic or state of sen
67. from the NIM depends on how the user configures output error e CAN cable between this FTB device and the Advantys mode see page 47 and output error value CANopen Extension module is disconnected see page 42 e Cable between the EOS and BOS if configured is removed e While the Advantys configuration software is in online mode one of the following operations is performed e Download a new island configuration e Issue a Reset command e Issue a Store to SIM Card command Stop PLC operation Depends upon the configuration of he fieldbus and the fieldbus master While the Advantys configuration software is in online Output channels remain in their last known states mode a Stop command is issued regardless of output error mode see page 41 and output error value see page 42 settings Non Recommended Feature The following feature available only in Version 1 x of the Advantys configuration software is not recommended when the FTB device is connected to the Advantys STB island e Do not use the mandatory module feature on any module in the island that includes an FTB device The FTB device does not behave like Advantys STB I O modules when a mandatory module fails or is removed and replaced 42 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 Process Image Output Data The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block
68. image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software when online in the test mode The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The CANopen TeSys U C Mu L device uses 7 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus 248 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Representations of the output data processs image are shown below Output Process Image Word 1 Control of the System 704 5 M s i o L Run forward Not used Launch trip test Run reverse via comm bus I Not used Fault reset Not used L Launch auto thermal Overload fault test Word 2 Control of the Communication Module 703 Not used Not used Reset warning Word 3 Output Control 700 eae 13 121410 DERE of Output LO1 if 685 2 Control of Output OA1 if 686 LSB 2 _ Control of Output OA3 if 686 MSB 2 Control of Output 13 if 687 LSB 2 Control of Output 23 if 687 MSB 2 Not used Word 4 amp 5 PKW Request Obj
69. mode is a predefined state you may set a value of either 0 or 1 as the value that the output will go to if communication is lost The default output error value on all channels is 0 Output Filter Constant By default the Output Filter Constant for each channel is 1 indicating that the channel s output will always be set to the commanded value If you configure a channel s bit value to 0 the channel s output will ignore the commanded output value and will hold its last value 31006709 7 2013 51 FTB IP67 Devices Fallback Behavior Behavior of this FTB device differs from that of the STB I O modules when certain system events occur as described in the following table Event Behavior e Fieldbus communications is lost and NIMis The FTB output channels go to a predefined state known configured to detect the failure as the error value output Error value output depends on e NIM fails or power is removed from the NIM how the user configures output error mode see page 51 e CAN cable between this FTB device andthe and output error value see page 51 Advantys CANopen Extension module is disconnected e Cable between the EOS and BOS if configured is removed e While the Advantys configuration software is in online mode one of the following operations is performed e Download a new island configuration e Issue a Reset command e Issue a Store to SIM Card command Stop PLC operation Depends upon the c
70. of the ATV31 or ATV312 drive to communicate across the Advantys STB island allowing the drive to become a node on the Advantys STB island Use any standard Advantys STB NIM to control the drive An ATV31x will operate on any open fieldbus supported by Advantys STB The ATV31x drive requires the use of any of the following or later versions of Advantys STB NIM firmware Fieldbus Advantys Part Number Minimum Version Number INTERBUS STBNIB2212 1 01 CANopen STBNCO2212 1 07 Profibus STBNDP2212 1 06 Fipio STBNFP2212 1 03 Ethernet STBNIP2212 1 16 DeviceNet STBNDN2212 1 05 Modbus Plus STBNMP2212 1 03 The firmware version of the ATV31x drive must be V1 2IE03 or later Up to 12 drives can be attached to each Advantys NIM if there is enough space in the NIM s data process image For example in the INTERBUS NIM STBNIB2212 there is sufficient space in the data process image for a maximum of 7 drives Also note that the CANopen NIM STBNCO221 2 is limited to a maximum of 7 drives regardless of the size of the NIM s data process image When used as part of an island configuration the ATV31x drive provides both to and from the drive a fixed set of information designed to provide simple yet flexible drive control This information includes Control Word Nominal Speed Value Status Word and Actual Speed Value 116 31006709 7 2013 ATV31 and ATV312 References For detailed descriptio
71. on the encoder In the NIM s input data process image the least significant word is stored in the lower address and the most significant word is stored in the upper address Register 1 lower word of the Position Value 112 31006709 7 2013 BTL5 H1 Speed Value The Speed Value is a 16 bit integer value that represents the speed of the magnet on the encoder asfraishi2 ripiofe 8 7 6 s 4 3 2 1jJo Sign Reserved The Reserved field is an 8 bit value It is currently not used NOTE Consult the manuals provided by Balluff for additional details about the process image of the BTL5 H1 encoder 31006709 7 2013 113 BTL5 H1 114 31006709 7 2013 Chapter 6 Altivar 31 and 312 Variable Speed AC Drives Overview The following chapter describes the Telemecanique Altivar 31 and Altivar 312 ATV31or ATV 312 variable speed AC drives What Is in This Chapter This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page ATV31 and ATV312 Variable Speed AC Drives 116 ATV31 and ATV312 Configuration and Operation 119 ATV31 or ATV312 Process Image 125 31006709 7 2013 115 ATV31 and ATV312 ATV31 and ATV312 Variable Speed AC Drives Overview The ATV31 and ATV312 are a variable speed AC drives for 3 phase asynchronous motors Either drive can be used as an enhanced CANopen device in an Advantys STB island configuration This implementation uses the direct CANopen connection
72. or gross measurement gt max capacity 1 1 analog signal out of the A D converter input range b4 reserved b5 0 measurement out of the 1 4 of division 1 zero in the 1 4 of division be 0 EEPROM OK default configuration is restored in 1 EEPROM ERROR case of a detected error b7 reserved bg 0 IN1 logical level 1 Dg 0 IN2 logical level 1 bio 0 OUT1 logical level 1 b11 0 OUT2 logical level 1 b43 b42 reserved b14 0 no tare 1 at least 1 tare has been processed b45 reserved 31006709 7 2013 185 eNod4 T Weighing Module Net Measurement The 32 bit net measurement is the digital value after measurement scaling and tare subtraction Digital Input Status The 8 bit digital inputs status displays the status of the input function Bits Meaning Comment Do 0 low input 1 level Tare function is triggered by a rising edge on input 1 1 high input 1 level by 0 low input 2 level Zero function is triggered by a rising edge on input 2 1 high input 2 level bo 67 reserved 0 Digital Output Status The 8 bit digital outputs status displays the digital output assignments Bits Meaning Comment Do 0 low output 1 level Output 1 level in net measurement and hysteresis mode 1 high output 1 level by 0 low output 2 level Output 2 level in net measurement and hysteresis mode
73. or not used actuator 6 warning _ ornot used actuator 2 waming ornot used actuator 3 waming ornot used actuator 4 warning or not used _ actuator 5 warning or not used The eighth input register reports actuator warnings on pin 2 of each socket When pin 2 of a socket is configured to support an input or a diagnostic the associated bit in this register is not used A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected warning condition on the associated actuator output eighth input register pin 2 wamings 15 14 13 12 11 jio o 8 76 5 2 1 0 not used actuator 16 waming __ ornot used actuator 15 waming ornot used actuator 14 waming L_ actuator 9 waming or not used actuator 10 warning or not used __ actuator 11 waming ornot used actuator 12 waming or not used or not used actuator 13 waming or not used 31006709 7 2013 87 FTB IP67 Devices Output Registers By default the eight M12 round sockets on the splitter box support sensor inputs via pin 4 You may configure pin 4 on any of the channels to support outputs in which case the state of the outputs is reported in the first register of the output process image used by the FTB 1CN16CMO When pin 4 of is configured to support an input the associated bit in this register is not used first output register pin 4 outp
74. s node address on the island bus NOTE The following data format is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus Output Registers Four of the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box support actuator outputs via pin 4 This pin 4 data is reported in the output process image register used by the FTB 1CN12E04SP0 splitter box output register pin 4 outputs 15 114 13 112 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 not used not used state of actuator 1 state of actuator 2 state of actuator 3 state of actuator 4 62 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Input Diagnostic Registers The other 4 of the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box support sensor inputs via pin 4 This pin 4 data is reported in the first register used by the FTB 1CN12E04SPO0 splitter box in the input process image first input register pin 4 inputs hs fahs r2 11 holo s 7 fe 5 Jale 2 1 Jo not used state of sensor 1 state of sensor 2 state of sensor 3 state of sensor 4 By default pin 2
75. save the configuration and return to the main menu Build and download the island configuration to the NIM The LULC08 communication module connects to the CANopen bus through the XBE2100 module on your Advantys STB island The baud rate must be set to 500Kbaud and the node ID set to the address you configured for the controller in the ACS Configuring the TeSys U C Mu R Parameters Next use the built in display window keypad on the front panel of the controller see page 256 or a PC with the PowerSuite software to configure parameters within the TeSys U C Mu R NOTE Remote mode is the Multifunction Control Unit s default mode of operation It is not possible to set parameters through the ACS A variety of available Schneider Electric documents see page 193 contain detailed descriptions of TeSys U components wiring LED patterns functionality and set up procedures 31006709 7 2013 257 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices CANopen TeSys U C Mu R Data Process Image Overview The output and input data process images for the TeSys U C Mu R controller are described below NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for eac
76. see page 30 Input Filter Constant By default the Input Filter Constant is set to a value of 0 on each channel indicating that the input from a particular sensor is always read Optionally you may set the value to 1 which causes the particular input to be ignored The Module Editor provides 16 editable channels It allows you to set the filter for the 8 standard sensors when the Input Diagnostic parameters are set to a value of 1 and for any additional sensors up to 8 more sensors when Input Diagnostic parameters for those channels are set to 0 31006709 7 2013 29 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 Process Image Input Data The FTB 1CN16EP0 sends a representation of the operating state of its input channels to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in four 16 bit registers This information can be read by the fieldbus master or an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 registers in the range 45392 to 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The splitter box is represented by 4 contiguous registers in this block the data registers followed by the diagnostic registers The specific registers used are determined by the splitter box s node address on the island bus NOTE The following data format is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in
77. span adjusting coefficient span adjusting parameter accepts values from 900000 to 1100000 It allows the users to adjust the initial calibration The adjustment applies in a linear manner to the entire calibration curve The unit for this coefficient is 10 meaning a value of 1000000 represents a span adjusting coefficient of 1 Capacity The 32 bit capacity accepts values from 10 to 1000000 It represents the maximum sensor load cell signal range When the absolute value of the gross measurement exceeds its value plus 9 divisions the b3 positive overload or the b2 negative overload of the status bytes associated with the measurement is set to 1 The zero acquisition on request or at power up is handled only if the gross measurement value is within a 10 range of the maximum capacity This also allows the user to calibrate the eNod4 T for theoretical calibrations associated with sensor activity Measurement scaling is automatically adapted to deliver a gross measurement value that is equivalent to the maximum capacity for an analog signal that corresponds to the sensor activity Scale Sensitivity The 32 bit scale sensitivity accepts values from 1 to 1000000 It is used to achieve a theoretical calibration The stored value for this parameter represents the load cell sensitivity in mV V for the low level analog channel The user can define the value that is delivered by the eNod4 T for the associated signal using the Capacity
78. the Advantys configuration software Use the Advantys configuration software to build a configuration that matches the physical configuration of the island and download the configuration to the NIM 31006709 7 2013 133 ATV32 Step Action Comment 9 Write 0x0000 to the drive s Control Word in the NIM s output data process image to ensure that the drive will be in the Switch on disabled state Drivecom profile 10 Connect power cables and wiring as needed Connect power cables and logic wires to match the operation of the configured drive For wiring requirements see the ATV32 reference documents see page 130 11 Physically connect the ATV32 drive to the CAN ground CAN low bus signal and CAN island via the Advantys CANopen Extension high bus signal must be connected between the module Advantys CANopen Extension module and the ATV32 drive For additional information on CAN wiring requirements see the ATV32 reference documents see page 130 12 Apply power to the ATV32 drive 13 Control the ATV32 drive by writing to the Control the drive attached to the island by Control Word writing to the Control Word Refer to the ATV32 reference manuals see page 130 and the discussion of the ATV32 Process Image see page 139 Restoring Drive Parameters Follow these steps to restore the drive parameters to factory settings as described in the configuration instruction
79. the Zero Mode parameter is the binary sum of the values for Zero Tracking bit 0 and Initial Zero Setting bit 1 Bit State Value Condition 0 Zero Tracking 0 off 0 disabled 1 on 1 enabled 1 Initial Zero Tracking 0 off 0 disabled 1 on 1 enabled Therefore the Zero Mode value 0 3 indicates these conditions Zero Mode Value Description Condition 0 Zero Tracking bit 0 0 disabled Initial Zero Tracking bit 1 0 disabled 1 Zero Tracking bit 0 0 disabled Initial Zero Tracking bit 1 1 enabled 2 Zero Tracking bit 0 1 enabled Initial Zero Tracking bit 1 0 disabled 3 Zero Tracking bit 0 1 enabled Initial Zero Tracking bit 1 1 enabled NOTE When Zero Tracking and Initial Zero Setting are both enabled they are effective on a 10 range of the maximum capacity Stability Criterion Parameter The Stability Criterion defines the interval at which measurements are considered stable Bits Meaning Do by bo stability criterion 0 0 0 no motion detection always stable 0 0 1 0 25d d divisions 0 1 0 0 5d 0 1 1 1d 1 0 0 2d 31006709 7 2013 181 eNod4 T Weighing Module Digital Output Configuration Parameter Each output is assigned to a positive set point with high and low values for set points Set point 1 corresponds to output 1 Set point 2 corresponds to output 2 P
80. the error have been cleared In this case you may need to perform one or more of the following actions to clear the error displayed in the Advantys configuration software or the island data process image including the NIM s diagnostic data e Ifthe island is running and bit 3 Fault bit in the ATV61 Status Word is set write 0x0080 to the Control Word in the NIM s output data process image If the Status Word changes to Ox 40 or Ox 50 and no errors are indicated in the NIM s diagnostic data the error condition has been cleared e Inthe rare event that the above procedure does not clear errors issue a Reset command from the Advantys configuration software in online mode e Ifthe above steps do not clear all errors in both the ATV61 drive and the island the root cause of the problem that resulted in ATV61 error s may not have been resolved In this case check both the physical setup and drive configuration to ensure that all elements of the system are set up correctly 31006709 7 2013 149 ATV61 ATV61 Process Image Introduction This topic discusses the input and output data process image for the ATV61 drive NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guid
81. the parameter settings and return to the main menu 9 Build and download the island configuration to the NIM A variety of available Schneider Electric documents see page 193 contain detailed descriptions of TeSys U components wiring LED patterns functionality and set up procedures 238 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices CANopen TeSys U C Ad Data Process Image Introduction The output and input data process images for the TeSys U C Ad controller are described below NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus For more information about each data word in the process image consult the TeSys U Communications Variables User Manual 1744802 Data Exchange Process The following is an overview of data exchange between the fieldbus master and the Advantys STB NIM while the TeSys U C Ad Starter Controller is operating Stage Description 1 The fieldbus master sends 7 words output data process image to the starter controller e Control of the system that is run forward run reverse e Control of Communication Module reset warning e Output Control that is control of output OA
82. the process image represents a speed of 0 1 mm s Thus by default the Speed Value represents the physical speed of the magnet divided by 0 1 mm s For example if a value of 1000 is entered in the Configured Value field the actual speed resolution is 10 mm s Thus if the magnet moves at 100 mm s or 1 m s then the corresponding Speed Value is 10 To configure the speed step setting Step Action Result 1 Double click BTL5 H1 in the Advantys configuration software The selected module opens in the software module editor Expand the Measuring Step Settings field by clicking on the plus sign Two rows appear below the field Choose the data display format by either checking or unchecking the Hexadecimal checkbox at the top right of the editor unchecked decimal e checked hexadecimal In the Configured Value field for the Speed Step Setting row enter the desired value The actual speed resolution is obtained by multiplying the value entered by 0 01 mm s 110 31006709 7 2013 BTL5 H1 Cyclic Timer By default the Advantys NIM receives new data from the BTL5 H1 encoder at update times that are automatically determined by the size of the island configuration However you may want to manually adjust the frequency of the data transmission from the encoder to the NIM by modifying the Cyclic Timer parameter in the Advantys configuration software Step Act
83. the range 45392 to 49487 The TeSys U Sc St device reports the position starter status information in 6 contiguous registers in this block The exact registers in the process image vary based on the device s node address on the island bus The input data process image can be read by e the Fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIMs CFG port e the Advantys Configuration Software in the online mode Representations of the input data image are shown below Input Process Image Word 1 Status Register 455 154s AAA AO oeeleaelney 4 3 AUL L Ready Pole status closed All faults All warnings Tripped Not used Word 2 Module Status Register 458 15 4 13 12 71 Mo 9 s 7 fe psa ys 21 o Not used L on status LI2 status OA3 status LI1 status LO1 status Not used Word 3 amp 4 PKW Request Object PKW Service Word 5 amp 6 PKW Request Data PKW Service 31006709 7 2013 207 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Section 12 3 CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad Starter Controller Overview This section describes the CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad variant of a TeSys U motor control device What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Configuring the CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad Starter Controller 209 CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad Data Process Image 213
84. to access the parameters menu ATV31x enters the parameters settings menu 4 3 Scroll using up and down buttons until the display shows CON Then press ENT to access the menu ATV31x enters the motor communication menu 4 4 Scroll using up and down buttons until the display shows AdCO Then press ENT to access the parameter Note that the valid range is from 2 to 32 Make sure the address set here matches the address set in the Advantys configuration software for this device AdCO parameter is used to set the CANopen node address 4 5 Scroll using up and down buttons until the display shows the desired value of node address Then press ENT CANopen node address is configured in the drive 4 6 Press Esc to exit AdCO setting 4 7 Scroll using up and down buttons until the display shows bdCO Then press ENT to access the parameter bdCO parameter is used to set the CANopen baud rate 4 8 Scroll using up and down buttons until the display shows 500 0 Then press ENT Note that the baud rate must also be set to 500 kbps in the Advantys configuration software CANopen baud rate is configured in the drive 4 9 Press Esc three times to exit the configuration mode ATV31x exits the parameter settings menu 4 10 Power cycle the drive CANopen baud rate and node address take effect 31006709 7 2013 121 ATV31 and ATV312 Step 7 Expanded Step 7
85. transferred to the fieldbus master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus For more information about each data word in the process image consult the TeSys T CANopen User Manual 1639503 Data Exchange Process The following is an overview of data exchange between the fieldbus master and the Advantys STB NIM while the TeSys T L MMC with expansion module is operating Stage Description 1 The fieldbus master sends 7 words output data process image to the MMC control of the system that is run forward run reverse control of Analog Output 1 reserved for future use output control of Boolean Outputs PKW request object for PKW service 2 words PKW request data for PKW service 2 words 2 The MMC then sends 8 words input data process image to the fieldbus master Status Register 1 that is ready tripped Status Register 2 that is HMI port comm loss logic input status that is Input Status 1 logic output status that is Output Status 1 PKW response object for PKW service 2 words PKW response data for PKW service 2 words NOTE The process images are the same for STB islands containing TeSys T MMCs with or without an expansion module In order to receive input data from the expansion module PKW objects must be used For details o
86. used actuator 2 waming or not used actuator 3 waming or not used actuator 4 warning or not used actuator 5 warning or not used By default the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box support sensor inputs via pin 4 You may configure pin 4 on any of the channels to support outputs In this case the state of the outputs is reported in the first register of the output process image used by the FTB 1CNO8E08CMO0 When pin 4 of is configured to support an input the associated bit in this register is not used first output register pin 4 outputs ns 14 ha he 11 to 9 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 0 not used state of actuator 8 or not used state of actuator7 or not used state of actuator 6 L state of actuator 1 or not used State of actuator 2 or not used state of actuator 3 ornot used state of actuator 4 ornot used or not used state of actuator 5 or not used 56 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Section 2 5 Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 Splitter Box Overview When you select an Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 device from the STB Catalog Browser in the Advantys configuration software you select a multi channel I O splitter box By default this box supports 4 sensor inputs and 4 actuator outputs each with integrated diagnostics You may reconfigure any or all of the 8 default diagnost
87. using DIP switch S3 by setting switch 5 to ON This allows diagnostic data to be updated at the fieldbus master Note After setting S3 make sure you set the unused switches to OFF 168 31006709 7 2013 Bosch CANopen Module Step Action Comment 5 Set the node ID 1 to 32 with two rotary switches S1 The left switch S1 represents the tens x10 and S2 position and the right switch S2 represents Refer to the figure below for an example of setting the the ones x1 position In this illustration the node ID with the rotary switches switches represent a node ID of 3 The configured node ID must match the one 90 90 set for the module in the Advantys Pa ine x O Q configuration software Sout hogy 6 Locate and open the PG screw cap B to access the The S4 S6 switches are used to assign the ON OFF switch S8 and DIP switches S4 S6 See the one of the two supply voltages to each valve figure below for an illustration of these switches group Note Please refer to the valve terminal ON OFF documentation from Bosch Rexroth AG for C s8 more information l Uai Ua2 S4 S5 S6 7 Set the bus terminator with the ON OFF switch S8 in Switch S8 is used to assign the module s bus accordance with the module s physical position on the termination settings island bus To ensure reliable operation the island bus on The module is the last device on the STB must
88. variety of available Schneider Electric documents see page 193 contain detailed descriptions of TeSys U components wiring LED patterns functionality and set up procedures 220 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L Data Process Image Introduction The output and input data process images for the TeSys U Sc Mu L starter controller are described below NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus For more information about each data word in the process image consult the TeSys U Communications Variables User Manual 1744802 Data Exchange Process The following is an overview of data exchange between the fieldbus master and the Advantys STB NIM while the TeSys U Sc Mu L starter controller is operating Stage Description 1 The fieldbus master sends 7 words output data process image to the starter controller Control Register that is run forward run reverse Control of Communication Module reset warning Output Control that is control of output OA1 PKW request object for PKW service 2 words PKW request data for PKW service 2 words T
89. 1 e PKW request object for PKW service 2 words e PKW request data for PKW service 2 words 2 The starter then sends 8 words input data process image to the fieldbus master Status Register that is ready tripped Module Status that is OA1 status Warning Register that is thermal warning I O Status on a controller base PKW request object for PKW service 2 words PKW response data for PKW service 2 words Output Data Process Image The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software when online in the test mode The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The CANopen TeSys U C Ad device uses 7 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Representations of the output and data process image are shown below 31006709 7 2013 239 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Output Process Image Word 1 Control of the System 704 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not used 1 Run forward Ru
90. 12 round sockets on the splitter box A value of 1 indicates that pin 2 on a socket is reporting diagnostics for the associated sensor 1 through 8 Optionally you may set the value of any of these channels to 0 which configures pin 2 for the associated input channel to report the state of additional sensor in the range 9 through 16 When the Input Diagnostic parameter for a channel is set to 0 the module does not report diagnostics for the associated sensor 1 through 8 _ socket 4 socket 8 JR O socket 3 oe e o socket 7 O socket 2 socket 6 _ socket 1 o o eo socket 5 34 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Socket Pin Default Setting Optional Configurable Setting 1 4 state of sensor 1 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 1 state of sensor 9 2 4 state of sensor 2 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 2 state of sensor 10 3 4 state of sensor 3 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 3 state of sensor 11 4 4 state of sensor 4 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 4 state of sensor 12 5 4 state of sensor 5 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 5 state of sensor 13 6 4 state of sensor 6 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 6 state of sensor 14 7A 4 state of sensor 7 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 7 state of sensor 15 8 4 state of sensor 8 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 8 state of sensor 16
91. 2 as follows second register pin 2 inputs 15 14 ha h2 11 hojo 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 L sensor 1 diagnostic or not used state of sensor 9 sensor 8 diagnostic or i state of sensor 16 sensor 2 diagnostic or state of sensor 10 sensor 3 diagnostic or state of sensor 11 sensor 6 diagnostic or sensor 4 diagnostic or state of sensor 14 state of sensor 12 sensor 5 diagnostic or state of sensor 13 When pin 2 on any channel is configured for diagnostics its associated bit value in the second register is interpreted as follows sensor 7 diagnostic or state of sensor 15 e A value of 1 indicates that there is no signal at pin 2 the associated red LED turns on e A value of 0 indicates that there is a signal at pin 2 the associated LED is off The third input register reports common diagnostics regardless of how the channels are configured A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected problem third register common diagnostic 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J0 L sensor under voltage not used L no sensor power loss of signal at diagnostic input xuek actuator under voltage actuator short circuit P no actuator power actuator waming sensor short circuit The fourth input r
92. 2013 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal Setting Module Parameters for the Island Bus The CPV CO2 module has 2 dual in line DIL switches a 4 element switch and an 8 element switch These switches are used to define the baud rate set up any extension to the CP system and set the station number or node ID of the device on the STB island bus The switch set up procedure is defined in the Festo manual The following table describes some of the important steps to help you configure the device as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island Step Action Result 1 Turn off the operating voltage 2 Remove the switch module from the CPV CO2 module 3 On the 4 element DIL switch set switch 1 off and The baud rate is set to 500 kbaud which is the switch 2 on required operating baud rate for an Advantys STB island when it uses enhanced CANopen devices 4 Use switches 3 and 4 on the 4 element DIL switch If you want to use CPV Direct with an to define how the module will extend the CP extension to a CP input module only set system switch 3 to on and switch 4 to off If you want to use CPV Direct with an extension to a CP input module followed by a CPV terminal or CP output module set both switch 3 and switch 4 on 5 Use the 8 element DIL switch to set the node ID in The maximum allowable node ID setting is 32 BCD Make sure that the address you set with this switch matches the address set in the Adva
93. 3 PowerSuite Instruction Sheet 1494182 31006709 7 2013 193 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Assembly of a TeSys U Motor Control Device Introduction The CANopen TeSys U motor control devices can be assembled with a variety of components to makeup a final configuration of a motor starter controller or motor controller For the purpose of this discussion we are concerned with the general makeup of a motor starter controller consisting of the three components see page 191 described previously e power base e control unit e communication module Once you have selected a power base and control unit for your specific application along with a LULC08 CANopen Communication Module you can proceed according to the following general instructions The LULCO08 DIP Switches Prior to installing the LULCO08 CANopen Communication Module into the TeSys U power base unit you need to set the baud rate and node ID address with the DIP switches located on the bottom of the module A bottom view of a LULC08 communication module is shown below CAN bus connector baud rate node ID address power base connector logic input output amp power connector arhonND 194 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Setting the Baud Rate For an Advantys STB island with enhanced CANopen devices the required baud rate is 500 kbps Use the 3 left most switches SW8 to SW10 to assign a baud rate
94. 3 to control the TeSys T MMC 280 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Configuring the STB Island Next you need to use the Advantys Configuration Software ACS to logically setup the TeSys T L and the Advantys STB island Step Action 1 Start the ACS software 2 Begin to configure the STB island shown in the above figure by dragging the modules from the hardware catalog on the right hand side of the screen Select a TeSys T L with expansion module from the Enhanced CANopen section of the hardware catalog browser An image of the TeSys T L with expansion module connected to the STB XBE CANopen extension module appears on the screen as shown in the above figure see page 280 Click on OK to save the parameter settings and return to the main menu Build and download the island configuration to the NIM A variety of available Schneider Electric documents see page 268 contain detailed descriptions of TeSys T components wiring LED patterns functionality and set up procedures 31006709 7 2013 281 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management CANopen TeSys T L with Expansion Module Data Process Image Introduction The output and input data process images for the TeSys T L MMC with expansion module are described below NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is
95. 31 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 32 Assembly Order The LULC08 CANopen communication module is installed in a power base beneath the control unit which locks it in position To install the module within the power base refer to the figure below and perform the following steps Step Action 1 Insert one of the prewired coil connectors into the power base 2 Insert the LULC08 CANopen communication module into the power base 3 Insert the control unit that locks the module into place 196 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices The numbers in the figure correspond to the step numbers of the table and to the components described in the action column of each step Also the figure shows the three types of base units available for a TeSys U motor control device The left hand two are starter controller bases and the right hand one is a controller base LU2Bes LUB LU2S e LUS LUTM OBL LUCA BL LUCB BL LUCBT1BL LUCC BL lt LUCDT1BL LUCD BL z LUCMT1BL LU9M RL 31006709 7 2013 197 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Front View of the LULC0O8 Module To further aid in the set up procedures for the TeSys U motor control device the connectors and LEDs located on the LULCO08 CANopen communication module are shown below ros STATUS ERR 24V CANopen OAS OAT COM 2 color STATUS LED indicating CANopen module operational status red ERR LE
96. 31006709 08 Advantys STB Standard CANopen Devices 7 2013 www schneider electric com Schneider Electric 2013 Schneider Electric All rights reserved 31006709 7 2013 Table of Contents Safety Information 200 c eee eee 7 About the Book 0000s e cece ees 9 Chapter 1 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal with Direct Connection 00 0c ee 11 1 1 Festo CPV CO2 No Inputs Compact Performance Valve 12 Festo CPV CO2 No Input Valve Overview 5 13 Festo CPV CO2 No Inputs Functional Description 15 Festo CPV CO2 No Inputs Process Image 16 1 2 Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs Compact Performance Valve 18 Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs Valve Overview 19 Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs Functional Description 21 Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs Process Image 22 Chapter 2 Advantys FTB IP67 Protected Devices 25 2 1 Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 Splitter BOX 0 26 Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 Splitter Box Overview 27 Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 Functional Description 28 Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 Process Image 5 30 2 2 Advantys FTB 1CN16EM0 Splitter Box nauan naaa 32 Advantys FTB 1CN16EM0 Splitter Box Overview 33 Advantys FTB 1CN16EM0 Functional Description 34 Advantys FTB 1CN16EM0 Process Image
97. 44 ATV61 Configuration and Operation 0 000 000 ee 145 ATV61 Process Image 20 0c e eect eee eee 150 31006709 7 2013 Chapter 9 Chapter 10 Chapter 11 Chapter 12 12 1 12 3 Altivar 71 Variable Speed Drive ATV7 1 Overview epos rrenean naai a E Ea a a a ATV71 Functional Description sanaaa aaaea aae ATV71 Configuration and Operation n asasaran ATV71 Process Image 200 nenna Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve Terminal System CANopen Module RMV04 CO 0 00000 Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve Terminal System Module RMV04 CO OVENICW jh sede Aedes ede eee 6 dee aie ad wee el eee Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve Terminal System Module RMV04 CO Configuration 2 eee Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve Terminal System Module RMV04 CO Process Image rei cele segue ns and a poms Depo e ee a nad Algae Scaime eNod4 T Weighing Module eNod4 T Weighing Module 0 eee eee eNod4 T Configuration and Calibration 005 eNod4 T Parameters SettingS 00 0 cece eee eee eee eNod4 T Process Image 0 0 2 cece eee eee eee CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Introduction to TeSys U Motor Control Devices TeSys U Motor Control Devices 0 000 cee eee eee Assembly of a TeSys U Motor Control Device The Seven Varieties of TeSys U Motor Control Devices CANopen Te
98. 5 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 sign bit 20 214 _ Lg 23 __ 22 212 _ LB PAKI Loft 20 __ L 23 2 L28 P 2 31006709 7 2013 ATV31 and ATV312 Input Process Image Register 1 Status word Register 1 Status Word 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Forward reverse rotation output frequency STOP key function Reserved LRD reference normal or exceeded Reference reached steady state Forced local mode in progress FLO Reserved Ready to Switch On L Switched On L Operation Enabled Fault status Voltage disabled L Quick stop L Switch on disabled Alarm status Register 2 Actual Speed Value This 16 bit signed value represents the actual speed value of the drive in RPM Register 2 Actual Speed Value 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Je 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 sign bit L 214 _ L 21 213 _ L 22 212 _ 2 m _ 34 z0 __ L925 2 L_ 26 2 2 31006709 7 2013 127 ATV31 and ATV312 128 31006709 7 2013 Chapter 7 Altivar 32 Variable Speed Drive About this Chapter This chapter describes the Telemecanique Altivar 32 ATV32 variable speed drive as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island config
99. 6 Select the Parameters tab and in the Configured Value column setup the parameters for Communications loss fallback strategy e Inversion of Output Output LO1 e Recovery mode e Outputs OA1 and OA3 Refer to the TeSys LULC08 CANopen Communication Manual 1744084 for additional information on setting up these parameters 7 Assign labels for each of the parameters in the User Defined Label column optional action Note There are no options to configure with this device 8 Click on OK to save the parameter settings and return to the main menu 9 Build and download the island configuration to the NIM 31006709 7 2013 203 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices The LULC08 communication module connects to the CANopen bus through the XBE2100 module on your Advantys STB island The baud rate must be set to 500Kbaud and the node ID set to the address you configured for the starter controller in the ACS A variety of available Schneider Electric documents see page 193 contain detailed descriptions of TeSys U components wiring LED patterns functionality and set up procedures 204 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices CANopen TeSys U Sc St Data Process Image Introduction The output and input data process images for the TeSys U Sc St starter controller are described below NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The
100. 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Module warning Not used Module ID or internal Comm warning Internal temp warning Comm loss on LUCMT Modbus port Li Not used Ground fault warning Thermal warnings Long start warning Jam warning Phase imbalance warning Under current warning Not used Word 4 I O status on a controller base 459 1514 13 12m0 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Output 05 06 status Output 95 96 amp 97 98 status Output 23 status Output 13 status of output 13 output 23 3 contactor status on output 13 i Lia local control 1 2 local control of Not used 4 contactor status on output 23 5 input status reset 6 input status external fault 7 input status system ready 1 10 input status in local remote mixed mode 1 9 input status free _1 __ 8 input status free Nord 5 amp 6 PKW Request Object PKW Service Nord 7 amp 8 PKW Request Data PKW Service 31006709 7 2013 261 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices 262 31006709 7 2013 Chapter 13 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Controllers Overview This chapter describes Schneider Electric s TeSys T Motor Management Control MMC consisting of motor management controllers and expansion mod
101. 7 2013 Glossary function code A function code is an instruction set commanding 1 or more slave devices at a specified address es to perform a type of action e g read a set of data registers and respond with the content G gateway A program or hardware that passes data between networks global_ID global_identifier A 16 bit integer that uniquely identifies a device s location on a network A global_ID is a symbolic address that is universally recognized by all other devices on the network GSD generic slave data file A device description file supplied by the device s manufacturer that defines a device s functionality on a Profibus DP network H HMI human machine interface An operator interface usually graphical for industrial equipment hot swapping Replacing a component with a like component while the system remains operational When the replacement component is installed it begins to function automatically HTTP hypertext transfer protocol The protocol that a web server and a client browser use to communicate with one another I O base A mounting device designed to seat an Advantys STB I O module connect it on a DIN rail and connect it to the Island bus It provides the connection point where the module can receive either 24 VDC or 115 230 VAC from the input or output power bus distributed by a PDM I O module In a programmable controller system an I O module interfaces directly to the sensors and
102. 709 7 2013 191 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Power Base The power base provides the main contacts power poles for the device and is available in two configurations e Self protected motor starter controller base shown above 12 or 32A approved for group motor installations or UL508 type E self protected combination motor controller e Motor controller base 12 or 32A approved for group motor installation The 45 mm power base can be mounted on either a panel or on a 35 mm DIN rail Control Unit Interchangeable control units provide control and thermal overload functions for the power bases and includes motor protection from 0 15 to 32A with built in surge protection These control units are available in three styles e Standard provides basic Class 10 trip characteristics no communications capabilities and manual reset only e Advanced for starter controllers provides a choice of Class 10 or Class 20 trip characteristics and allows for network communications with manual auto reset when used with appropriate function models e Multifunctional provides a wide range of programmable protection with built in Modbus communications capabilities Communication Function Module Each power base includes a blanking cover which can be replaced by three types of function modules that include e parallel wiring modules e communication modules e auxiliary contact modules For the purposes of this discussion the L
103. 9 7 2013 253 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Typical Arrangement of a TeSys U C Mu R Motor Controller A typical arrangement of a TeSys U C Mu R is shown in the below figure TeSys U C Mu R motor controller short circuit protection device current transformer contactor motor ORON When it is used with a short circuit device and a contactor as shown above the TeSys U C Mu R controller creates a motor starter that provides e overload protection e motor starter control e application monitoring Above 32 A the TeSys U C Mu R controller provides a motor starter management solution identical to that provided by TeSys U controllers described in Sections 10 2 through 10 5 254 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices The Multifunction Control Unit The LUCMT1BL Multifunction Control Unit controls protects and monitors the LUTM bases see page 253 and performs the following functions Protection against overcurrent against thermal overloads with choice of trip classes from 5 to 30 against ground faults against phase imbalances against mechanical jams during or after the start up phase against idling against tripping of the starter via an external signal as an option Warning The LUCMT Multifunction Control Unit includes a warning associated with each of the above listed protection functions The warning level can be configured and is independent from the protection trip level
104. ACS as listed below e TeSyS T MMC L e TeSyS T MMC L EV40 e TeSyS T MMC R e TeSyS T MMC R EV40 Each of these variants is identified by the configuration mode of the controller either Local or Remote and the presence or absence of an EV40 expansion module Use of PowerSuite Each of the TeSys T variants is configured as an enhanced CANopen device by using the PowerSuite configuration software ver 2 5 or greater with the LTM_CONF ver 4 5 0 6 add on This is used to configure basic settings such as the node ID and baud rate as well as all warning and fault parameter levels NOTE There are NO configurable parameters that are accomplished using the ACS Any parameter changes outside of PowerSuite must be done vial PKW objects over the fieldbus Applicable Advantys NIMs You can use any of the following standard Advantys STB Network Interface Modules NIMs with the indicated firmware version to control TeSys T MMC devices Fieldbus Advantys Part Number Minimum FW Version Number InterBus STBNIB2212 2 02 CANopen STBNCO2212 2 02 Profibus STBNDP2212 2 04 Fipio STBNFP2212 2 03 Ethernet TCP IP STBNIP2212 2 1 4 EtherNet IP STBNIC2212 2 XX DeviceNet STBNDN2212 2 04 Modbus Plus STBNMP2212 2 02 31006709 7 2013 269 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Section 13 2 CANopen TeSys T L Overview This section describes the CANopen TeSys T L without expansion module variant of a TeSys
105. ATV71 Configuration and Operation 157 ATV71 Process Image 162 31006709 7 2013 153 ATV71 ATV71 Overview Introduction The ATV71 variable speed drive is available as an enhanced CANopen device for any Advantys STB island configuration In this capacity the drive s direct CANopen connection communicates across the Advantys STB island allowing it to function as a node on the island Use of this drive requires version 2 5 or greater of the Advantys configuration software For any supported fieldbus a standard Advantys STB NIM can control the ATV71 The drive requires the following versions or later of the Advantys STB NIM firmware Fieldbus Advantys Part Number Minimum Version Number INTERBUS STBNIB2212 1 01 CANopen STBNCO2212 1 08 Profibus STBNDP2212 1 06 Fipio STBNFP221 1 03 Ethernet STBNIP221 1 16 DeviceNet STBNDN2212 1 05 Modbus Plus STBNMP2212 1 03 The firmware version of the ATV71 drive must be V1 2 IE12 or later You can attach up to 12 drives to each Advantys NIM if there is enough space in the NIM s data process image For example the data process image of the INTERBUS NIM STBNIB2212 has enough space for a maximum of seven drives NOTE The CANopen NIM STBNCO2212 is limited to a maximum of seven drives regardless of the size of the NIM s data process image When used as part of an island configuration the ATV71 drive provides a fixed set of information
106. B XBE CANopen extension module appears on the screen as shown in the above figure Click on OK to save the configuration and return to the main menu Build and download the island configuration to the NIM The LULC08 communication module connects to the CANopen bus through the XBE2100 module on your Advantys STB island The baud rate must be set to 500Kbaud and the node ID set to the address you configured for the controller in the ACS NOTE You can use any standard Advantys STB NIM see page 193 to control the TeSys U C Mu L motor controller Configuring the TeSys Sc Mu L Parameters Next use the built in display window keypad on the front panel of the controller see page 246 or a PC with the PowerSuite software to configure parameters within the TeSys U C Mu L NOTE Remote mode is the Multifunction Control Unit s default mode of operation You must use PowerSuite or the built in display to set the mode to Local It is not possible to set parameters through the ACS A variety of available Schneider Electric documents see page 193 contain detailed descriptions of TeSys U components wiring LED patterns functionality and set up procedures 31006709 7 2013 247 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices CANopen TeSys U C Mu L Data Process Image Introduction The output and input data process images for the TeSys U C Mu L controller are described below NOTE The following data format is particular to
107. D indicating CANopen module fault green 24V LED indicating voltage presence at outputs OA1 OA3 LO1 sub D 9 connector and 24V Bus CAN external power supply required connection of the 24V power supply for outputs OA1 OA3 LO1 the 2 terminals marked are internally linked logic input 2 logic input 1 logic output 1 assignable depending on configuration reg 685 LSB 24V wiring coil connector for the power base e OA1 assignment depends on configuration register 686 LSB e OAS assignment depends on configuration register 686 MSB a hoOND Oo ON 10 connector for communication with the advanced or multifunction control unit 198 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices The Seven Varieties of TeSys U Motor Control Devices TeSys U Starter Variations TeSys U motor control devices appear in the form of seven variants in the Advantys Configuration Software ACS as listed below CANopen TeSys U Sc St CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu R CANopen TeSys U C Ad CANopen TeSys U C Mu L CANopen TeSys U C Mu R How to Identify a TeSys U Device Each of these TeSys U motor control device variants are identified by the type of power base Starter Controller or Controller that they employ The abbreviations that are used and their meanings are as follows Ad Advanced control unit C Controller Mu Multifunctional control unit Mu L Multifunctional control unit
108. Diagnostic Records and displays e number of operating hours for the motor e number of starts e number of trips e cause of each trip For the last five trips the multifunction control unit records the status of the motor starter at the time of the trip value of currents thermal status and trip type When it is used with a short circuit device and a contactor as shown above the TeSys UC MuR controller creates a motor starter that provides e overload protection e motor starter control e application monitoring Conditions of Use Irrespective of the nominal current value of the motor it is supposed to control the TeSys U C Mu R controller is always used with an external current transformer whose e Secondary is at 1A nominal e Primary is selected according to the motor s nominal current NOTE In an installation containing TeSys U starter controllers and TeSys U controllers motor management is identical from the point of view of the PLC 31006709 7 2013 255 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Preliminary Setup Requirements Prior to using the Advantys STB Software ACS to configure the TeSys U C Mu R on an STB island you need to set the baud rate node ID address and assemble the controller components as described in Section 10 1 see page 194 Connecting to the STB Island The TeSys U C Mu R motor controller requires an STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module and STB XMP 1100 termination plate to be inst
109. ID address and assemble the components see page 194 31006709 7 2013 209 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Connecting to the STB Island The TeSys U Sc Ad motor starter controller requires an STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module and STB XMP 1100 termination plate to be installed in the last two slots on the STB island that is to communicate with the starter controller You use a CANopen extension cable to connect the TeSys U Sc Ad starter controller to the extension module An example of this type of setup is shown in the following figure PDT 3100 DDI 3230 XBE 2100 maar 64 FA wa GA CANopen a U Sc Ad pa f Network Interface Module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied TeSys U Sc Ad starter controller ORON NOTE You can use any standard Advantys STB NIM see page 193 to control the TeSys U starter controller 210 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Configuring the STB Island Next you need to use the Advantys Configuration Software ACS to logically setup the TeSys U Sc Ad and the Advantys STB island Step Action 1 Start the ACS software 2 Begin to configure the STB island shown in the above figure by dragging the modules from the hardware catalog on the right hand side of the s
110. Run forward L Run reverse Not used Fault reset command L Not used Self test command Motor low speed command Word 2 Control of Analog Output 1 706 reserved for future use Word 3 Output Control of Boolean Outputs 700 Smmm 7 6 s 4 3 2l1 0 Not used l Logic Output 1 Command L Logic Output 2 Command Logic Output 3 Command L Logic Output 4 Command Logic Output 5 Command Logic Output 6 Command Logic Output 7 Command Logic Output 8 Command Word 4 amp 5 PKW Request Object PKW Service Word 6 amp 7 PKW Request Data PKW Service 31006709 7 2013 275 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Input Data Process Image The TeSys T L MMC sends status data of the motor in control to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in 8 contiguous 16 bit registers The input data process image can be read by e the Fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIMs CFG port e the Advantys Configuration Software in the online mode The NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 that represents the data returned the NIM Each input module on the island bus is represented in this data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Representat
111. Sys U Sc St Starter Controller Configuring the CANopen TeSys U Sc St Starter Controller CANopen TeSys U Sc St Data Process Image CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad Starter Controller Configuring the CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad Starter Controller CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad Data Process Image CANopen TeSys U Sc MUL 00 cee ees Configuring the CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L Starter Controller CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L Data Process Image CANopen TeSys U Sc MUR 0000 cee eee ees Configuring the CANopen TeSys U Sc MuR CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu R Data Process Image CANopen TeSys U C Ad Controller 00000005 Configuring the CANopen TeSys U C Ad Controller CANopen TeSys U C Ad Data Process Image 153 154 156 157 162 165 166 168 170 173 174 176 180 183 189 190 191 194 199 200 201 205 208 209 213 216 217 221 225 226 230 234 235 239 31006709 7 2013 12 7 CANopen TeSys UC MUL 000 c eee eee 242 Configuring the CANopen TeSys U C Mu L Controller 243 CANopen TeSys U C Mu L Data Process Image 248 12 8 CANopen TeSys UC MUR 0 naaraana 252 Configuring the CANopen TeSys U C Mu R Controller 253 CANopen TeSys U C Mu R Data Process Image 258 Chapter 13 CANopen TeS
112. T Motor Management Controller device What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Configuring the CANopen TeSys T L 271 CANopen TeSys T L Data Process Image 274 270 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Configuring the CANopen TeSys T L Introduction The CANopen TeSys T L is the TeSys T Motor Management Controller MMC without an expansion module operating in the Local configuration mode It is the TeSys T L variant of the TeSys T series of MMC devices Select one of the following MMC types e LTMR C where 08 or 27 or 100 and FM or BD Preliminary Setup Requirements Prior to using the Advantys STB Software ACS to configure the TeSys T L on an STB island you need to set the baud rate and node ID address as well as all warning and fault parameter levels You do this with the PowerSuite configuration software refer to the PowerSuite Instruction Sheet 1494182 NOTE The set up for performing the baud rate and the node ID procedures are defined in the TeSys T User Manual 1639503 NOTE Remote configuration mode is the default mode of operation You must use PowerSuite to set the mode to Local It is not possible to set any parameters for the MMC with the ACS 31006709 7 2013 271 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Connecting to the STB Island The TeSys T L requires an STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module and STB XMP 1100 termi
113. TV32 drive configuration menu appears Select 1 9 COMMUNICATION and press ENT You can configure various communication parameters 31006709 7 2013 135 ATV32 Step Action Comment 5 Select CANopen and press ENT You can configure CANopen node address and baud rate 6 Select CANopen address valid range 1 32 Make sure the address set here matches the and press ENT address set in the Advantys configuration software for this device 7 Select the desired value of node address and The CANopen node address is configured in press ENT the drive Select the CANopen bit rate and press ENT Select 500 kbps and press ENT Note that the The CANopen baud rate is configured in the baud rate must also be set to 500 kbps inthe drive Advantys configuration software 10 Press ESC four times to exit the configuration The ATV32 exits the configuration mode mode 11 Cycle the drive power The CANopen baud rate and node address take effect Using Command and Reference CANopen Interface Follow these steps to configure the drive to use command and reference from the CANopen interface as described in the configuration instructions see page 133 Step Action Comment 1 Apply power to the control card of the ATV32 The ATV32 powers on drive 2 Press ENT to access MAIN MENU The MAIN MENU appears Select 1 DRIVE MENU and press ENT The
114. TV61 reference manuals see page 143 146 31006709 7 2013 ATV61 Step Action Comment 3 1 Apply power to the control card of the ATV61 drive The ATV61 powers on 3 2 Press ENT to access MAIN MENU The MAIN MENU appears 3 3 Select 1 DRIVE MENU and press ENT The ATV61 drive configuration menu appears 3 4 Select 1 12 FACTORY SETTINGS and press ENT You can restore selected parameters to their factory settings 3 5 Select PARAMETER GROUP LIST and press ENT Different groups of parameters can be restored to the factory settings 3 6 Select the group of parameters to set to the factory default values and press ENT A checkmark is placed next to the selection 3 7 Press ESC once to return to 1 12 FACTORY SETTINGS menu 3 8 Select Goto FACTORY SETTINGS and press ENT Read the warning message 3 9 Press ENT to restore factory settings of the parameters you selected The selected parameter group is restored to its factory settings 3 10 Press ESC three times to exit the configuration mode ATV61 exits the configuration mode Step 4 Expanded Step 4 Set CANopen Baud Rate and Node Address After restoring the factory settings use either the drive s display terminal or PowerSuite to set the drive s baud rate and node address ID on the Advantys STB island bus An incorrectly configured baud rate or
115. U2B12 LU2S12 up to 12A reversing LUB32 LUS32 up to 32A non reversing LU2B32 LU2S32 up to 32A reversing Select one of the following Multifunctional Control Units e LUCM BL X6 or 1X or 05 or 12 or 18 or 32 The LULC08 CANopen communication module completes the configuration The functions that the Multifunctional Control Unit provide are discussed below 31006709 7 2013 217 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices The Multifunction Control Unit The LUCM Multifunction Control Unit controls protects and monitors the LUBxx and LUSxx bases listed above and performs the following functions Protection against overcurrent against thermal overloads with choice of trip classes from 5 to 30 against ground faults against phase imbalances against mechanical jams during or after the start up phase against idling against tripping of the starter via an external signal as an option Warning The LUCM Multifunction Control Unit includes a warning associated with each of the above listed protection functions The warning level can be configured and is independent from the protection trip level Diagnostic Records and displays e number of operating hours for the motor e number of starts e number of trips e cause of each trip For the last five trips the multifunction control unit records the status of the motor starter at the time of the trip value of currents thermal status and trip type Preliminary Setup Requi
116. ULCO8 CANopen communication module will be used in the function module location shown in the preceding figure With the LULCO08 CANopen communication module TeSys U motor starter controllers and motor controllers can be used as enhanced CANopen devices for any Advantys STB island configuration In this capacity the controllers CANopen connection communicates across the Advantys STB island allowing it to function as a node on the island 192 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Applicable Advantys NIMs You can use any of the following standard Advantys STB Network Interface Modules NIMs with the indicated firmware version to control TeSys U motor control devices Fieldbus Advantys Part Number Minimum FW Version Number INTERBUS STBNIB2212 2 02 CANopen STBNCO2212 2 02 Profibus STBNDP2212 2 04 Fipio STBNFP2212 2 03 Ethernet TCP IP STBNIP2212 2 1 4 EtherNet IP STBNIC2212 2 XX Device Net STBNDN2212 2 04 Modbus Plus STBNMP2212 2 02 Additional Information Detailed descriptions of TeSys U Motor control components wiring LED patterns set up procedures and functionality can be found in the following Schneider Electric documents LULC08 Communication Module User Manual 1744084 TeSys U Starter Controllers Wiring Schemes 24640 TeSys U Communication Variables User Manual 1744082 LU B LU S Power Base Instruction Sheet 1629984 LUCA Control Unit Instruction Sheet AAV4050
117. V312 Process Image Output Data The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software in online mode if the island is in Test mode The ATV31x drive uses 2 registers in the output process image The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The ATV31x drive uses 2 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Input Data The ATV31x drive sends a representation of the operating state of the drive and the attached motor to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in 2 contiguous 16 bit registers This information can be read by the fieldbus master an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port or the Advantys configuration software in online mode The NIM s input data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 that represents the data returned by the ATV31x drive Each input module on the island bus is represented in this data block The ATV31x drive uses 2 contiguous registers in the input data block Their specific positions in the proc
118. W request object for PKW service 2 words PKW request data for PKW service 2 words 2 The starter then sends 8 words input data process image to the fieldbus master Status Register that is ready tripped Module Status that is OA1 status Warning Register that is thermal warning Mechanical and Power Supply Status Register that is Contactor Position On PKW request object for PKW service 2 words PKW response data for PKW service 2 words Output Data Process Image The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software when online in the test mode The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu R device uses 7 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus 230 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Representations of the output data process image are shown below Output Process Image Word 1 Control of the System 704 Not used Launch trip test via comm bus Not Used 5 all s 2 o
119. aced 70 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CN16CP0 Process Image Input Data The FTB 1CN16CP0 sends a representation of the operating state of its input channels to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in eight 16 bit registers This information can be read by the fieldbus master or by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 registers in the range 45392 to 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The splitter box is represented by 8 contiguous registers in this block The input data registers appear first followed by the diagnostic registers The specific registers used are determined by the box s node address on the island bus Output Data The NIM keeps a record of any output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The FTB 1CN16CPO0 uses 2 registers in the output process image The output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data returned by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The FTB 1CN16CP0 uses 2 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific position in the process image is based on the module s node address on the island bus NOTE The fo
120. actuators of the machine process This module is the component that mounts in an I O base and provides electrical connections between the controller and the field devices Normal I O module capacities are offered in a variety of signal levels and capacities 31006709 7 2013 307 Glossary I O scanning The continuous polling of the Advantys STB I O modules performed by the COMS to collect data bits status nd diagnostics information IEC International Electrotechnical Commission Carrier Founded in 1884 to focus on advancing the theory and practice of electrical electronics and computer engineering and computer science EN 61131 2 is the specification that deals with industrial automation equipment IEC type 1 input Type 1 digital inputs support sensor signals from mechanical switching devices such as relay contacts and push buttons operating in normal environmental conditions IEC type 2 input Type 2 digital inputs support sensor signals from solid state devices or mechanical contact switching devices such as relay contacts push buttons in normal or harsh environmental conditions and 2 or 3 wire proximity switches IEC type 3 input Type 3 digital inputs support sensor signals from mechanical switching devices such as relay contacts push buttons in normal to moderate environmental conditions 3 wire proximity switches and 2 wire proximity switches that have e a voltage drop of no more than 8 V e aminimum operating current
121. alled in the last two slots on the STB island that is to communicate with the controller You use a CANopen extension cable to connect the TeSys U C Mu R controller to the extension module An example of this type of setup is shown in the following figure PDT 3100 DDO 3200 1 CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L hy Network Interface Module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied TeSys U C Mu R controller display window and keypad oauhAhnd NOTE You can use any standard Advantys STB NIM see page 193 to control the TeSys U controller 256 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Configuring the STB Island Next you need to use the Advantys Configuration Software ACS to logically setup the TeSys U C Mu R and the Advantys STB island Step Action 1 Start the ACS software Note There are no parameters and no options to configure for this device from within the ACS 2 Begin to configure the STB island shown in the above figure by dragging the modules from the hardware catalog browser on the right hand side of the screen 3 Select a TeSys U Sc Mu L controller from the Enhanced CANopen section of the catalog browser 4 An image of the controller connected to the STB XBE CANopen extension module appears on the screen as shown in the above figure Click on OK to
122. ame Current Value User Defined Label Memory Address dec Response Buffer 45393 Digital Inputs status input 1 level a S o lt lnput2 level o Gross measurement Z o 7 ws Measurement Status e BT Net Measurement SSC CS SsSS SC Digital Outputs status O Oo OJ o e e S M eOutput2 Lev o oOo o O O fe Command Buffer e T O o C A e S 40038 reDeltaZerovalue o J Goba Span Adusting SCS OT C SSS 40009 re Scale sensitivity SSCS m Module Help Cancel Apply Configure the process image area 31006709 7 2013 183 eNod4 T Weighing Module Input and Output Data Input Data Data from each input module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 49487 The eNod4 T sends weight measurement and diagnostic data to 8 contiguous registers in this block The exact registers in the process image vary based on the module s node address on the island bus The input data process image can be read with these tools e fieldbus master e HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port e Advantys configuration software in online mode Output Data Data sent to each output module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s output data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 44096 The eNod4 T uses 11 con
123. ameters for the MMC with the ACS 31006709 7 2013 287 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Connecting to the STB Island The TeSys T R requires an STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module and STB XMP 1100 termination plate to be installed in the last two slots on the STB island that is to communicate with the controller You use a CANopen extension cable to connect the TeSys T R to the extension module An example of this type of setup is shown in the following figure PDT 3100 DDO 3200 DDO 3600 134 CANopen TeSys TR Network Interface Module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied TeSys T R MMC ahond NOTE You can use any standard Advantys STB NIM see page 193 to control the TeSys T MMC 288 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Configuring the STB Island Next you need to use the Advantys Configuration Software ACS to logically setup the TeSys T L and the Advantys STB island Step Action 1 Start the ACS software 2 Begin to configure the STB island shown in the above figure by dragging the modules from the hardware catalog on the right hand side of the screen Select a TeSys T R from the Enhanced CANopen section of the hardware catalog browser An image of the TeSys T R connected to the STB XBE CANopen extension module
124. annot be configured with a predefined error value Output error modes are configured at the channel level By default the value for each channel is 1 indicating a predefined state on each channel If you set a channel s output error mode value to 0 the output error mode becomes hold last value Output Error Values When an output channel s output error mode is a predefined state you may set a value of either 0 or 1 as the value that the output will go to if communication is lost The default output error value on all channels is 0 Output Filter Constant By default the Output Filter Constant for each channel is 1 indicating that the channel s output will always be set to the commanded value If you configure a channel s bit value to 0 the channel s output will ignore the commanded output value and will hold its last value 31006709 7 2013 81 FTB IP67 Devices Fallback Behavior Behavior of this FTB device differs from that of the STB I O modules when certain system events occur as described in the following table Event Behavior e Fieldbus communications is lost and NIMis The FTB output channels go to a predefined state known configured to detect the failure as the error value output Error value output depends on e NIM fails or power is removed from the NIM how the user configures output error mode see page 81 e CAN cable between this FTB device andthe and output error value see page 81 Adva
125. anual 1760643 ATV61H 55 90 kW 200 240 V 90 630 kW 380 400 V Installation Manual 1760655 ATV61 Programming Manual 1760649 ATV61 Communication Parameters Manual 1760661 Altivar 61 71 CANopen User s Manual 1755865 NOTE Be sure to read understand and follow the safety messages in the ATV61 user manuals Connection Using the Advantys configuration software select an ATV61 drive from the Enhanced CANopen section of the Catalog Browser The new device appears connected to the end of the island bus DDI 3230 PDT 3100 E DDO i gt K DI aa Protos DPE INPUT network interface module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied ATV61 drive akhonNdD 31006709 7 2013 143 ATV61 ATV61 Functional Description Introduction This topic discusses the functional description of the ATV61 drive Data Exchange During Drive Operation These characteristics of data exchange are true during drive operation e The fieldous master sends two words to the drive e Control Word for example start stop reset drive fault e Speed Target rpm e The drive sends 2 words to the fieldbus master indicating e Status Word e Output Speed rpm For additional information see ATV61 Process Image see page 150 Drive Configuration Overview You can configure the ATV61 drive using one of these methods e gr
126. aphic display terminal e integrated display terminal low power drives only See the catalog e PowerSuite drive configuration software To use the drive in an Advantys STB island you must configure at least these two parameters e AdCO the CANopen node address Set this parameter to the same value configured in the Advantys Configuration Software for this device e bdCO baud rate Set this parameter value to 500 kbps When configuring advanced ATV61 drive features you may wish to use the graphic display terminal or PowerSuite both of which provide many features that expedite the configuration process 144 31006709 7 2013 ATV61 ATV61 Configuration and Operation Safety Message A WARNING UNINTENDED CONFIGURATION AND OPERATION OF THE DRIVE Before physically connecting the ATV61 drive to the Advantys STB island use either the ATV61 drive s display terminal or PowerSuite to verify that all drive parameters are configured to their intended settings Parameters in the ATV61 drive may have been set to values different than the factory settings Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage Configuration Follow these steps to configure the ATV61 drive for operation in the Advantys STB system Step Action Comment 1 Disconnect the ATV61 drive from all CAN connections Apply power to the control card of the ATV61 drive Restore th
127. appears on the screen as shown in the above figure see page 288 Click on OK to save the parameter settings and return to the main menu Build and download the island configuration to the NIM A variety of available Schneider Electric documents see page 268 contain detailed descriptions of TeSys T components wiring LED patterns functionality and set up procedures 31006709 7 2013 289 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management CANopen TeSys T R Data Process Image Overview The output and input data process images for the TeSys T R MMC are described below NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the fieldbus master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus For more information about each data word in the process image consult the TeSys T CANopen User Manual 1639503 Data Exchange Process The following is an overview of data exchange between the fieldbus master and the Advantys STB NIM while the TeSys T R MMC is operating Stage Description 1 The fieldbus master sends 7 words output data process image to the MMC control of the system that is run forward run reverse Control of Analog Output 1 reserved for future use outpu
128. aster While the Advantys configuration software is in online mode one of the following operations is performed e Download a new island configuration e Issue a Reset command e Issue a Store to SIM Card command Drive and motor initially remain in the same state e g motor continues to rotate at the same speed eventually stopping only after the island has been re initialized While the Advantys configuration software is in online mode a Stop command is issued Drive and motor remain in the same state e g motor continues to rotate at same speed To stop the motor immediately write 0x0000 to the drive s control word in the NIM s output data process image before performing any of the operations described above 31006709 7 2013 123 ATV31 and ATV312 Error Indications When errors occur in an ATV31x drive they can be reported in a variety of ways If the Advantys configuration software is online errors will be reported in the Log Window and in the Diagnostics tab of the Module Editor Errors may also be reported in the island data process image both in the drive s Status Word and in the NIM s diagnostic data Depending on the nature of the error the ATV31x drive may not automatically notify the NIM of the error free status even after all sources of the error have been cleared In this case you may need to perform one or more of the following actions to clear the error displayed in th
129. avior e Fieldbus communications is lost and NIM is The FTB output channels go to a predefined state known configured to detect the failure as the error value output Error value output depends on e NIM fails or power is removed from the NIM how the user configures output error mode see page 69 e CAN cable between this FTB device andthe and output error value see page 69 Advantys CANopen Extension module is disconnected e Cable between the EOS and BOS if configured is removed e While the Advantys configuration software is in online mode one of the following operations is performed e Download a new island configuration e Issue a Reset command e Issue a Store to SIM Card command Stop PLC operation Depends upon the configuration of he fieldbus and the fieldbus master While the Advantys configuration software is in Output channels remain in their last known states online mode a Stop command is issued regardless of output error mode see page 69 and output error value see page 69 settings Non Recommended Feature The following feature available only in Version 1 x of the Advantys configuration software is not recommended when the FTB device is connected to the Advantys STB island e Do not use the mandatory module feature on any module in the island that includes an FTB device The FTB device does not behave like Advantys STB I O modules when a mandatory module fails or is removed and repl
130. be terminated using a termination island resistor at the last device e off The encoder is in any other position on the The terminating resistor in the module is only STB island required when it is the last device on the island bus 31006709 7 2013 169 Bosch CANopen Module Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve Terminal System Module RMV04 CO Process Image Introduction This section provides you with information about the input and output data process image for the RMV04 CO valve system NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus Input Data Data from each input module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 refer to the figure below When the switch S3 is set as described in the previous section the RMV04 CO sends Diagnostic Data to the island s NIM This data corresponds to index 2020 subindex 2 of the module s object dictionary OD may have been defined earlier The NIM stores the information in one 16 bit register The specific position of the register in the process image is based on the module s node add
131. bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 The TeSys U C Mu R device reports the position starter status information in 8 contiguous registers in this block The exact registers in the process image vary based on the module s node address on the island bus The input data process image can be read by e the Fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIMs CFG port e the Advantys Configuration Software in the online mode Representations of the input data process image are shown below Input Process Image Word 1 Status Register 455 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Start in progress L_ Ready In local control L Input 1 3 or 1 4 Avg motor current bitS5 powered on All faults Avg motor current bit 4 All warnings Avg motor current bit 3 Tripped Avg motor current bit 2 __ Fault reset authorized Avg motor current bit 1 Input 1 or 1 2 powered on Avg motor current bit 0 Motor running Word 2 Module Status Register 458 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not used 5 L os status LI2 status OA3 status LI1 status I LO1 status Not used 260 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Word 3 Warning Register 461 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 7
132. bus is an application layer messaging protocol Modbus provides client and server communications between devices connected on different types of buses or networks Modbus offers many services specified by function codes MOV metal oxide varistor A 2 electrode semiconductor device with a voltage dependant nonlinear resistance that drops markedly as the applied voltage is increased It is used to suppress transient voltage surges MSB most significant bit most significant byte The part of a number address or field that is written as the leftmost single value in conventional hexadecimal or binary notation N N C contact normally closed contact A relay contact pair that is closed when the relay coil is de energized and open when the coil is energized N O contact normally open contact A relay contact pair that is open when the relay coil is de energized and closed when the coil is energized NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association network cycle time The time that a master requires to complete a single scan of the configured I O modules on a network device typically expressed in microseconds 310 31006709 7 2013 Glossary NIM network interface module This module is the interface between an Island bus and the fieldbus network of which the Island is a part A NIM enables all the I O on the Island to be treated as a single node on the fieldbus The NIM also provides 5 V of logic power to the Advantys STB I O modu
133. capability less than or equal to 2 5 mA e a maximum off state current less than or equal to 1 5 mA IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Inc The international standards and conformity assessment body for all fields of electrotechnology including electricity and electronics IGMP Internet group management protocol This Internet standard for multicasting allows a host to subscribe to a particular multicast group industrial I O An Advantys STB I O module designed at a moderate cost for typical continuous high duty cycle applications Modules of this type often feature standard IEC threshold ratings usually providing user configurable parameter options on board protection good resolution and field wiring options They are designed to operate in moderate to high temperature ranges input filtering The amount of time that a sensor must hold its signal on or off before the input module detects the change of state input polarity An input channel s polarity determines when the input module sends a 1 and when it sends a 0 to the master controller If the polarity is normal an input channel sends a 1 to the controller when its field sensor turns on If the polarity is reverse an input channel sends a 0 to the controller when its field sensor turns on 308 31006709 7 2013 Glossary input response time The time it takes for an input channel to receive a signal from the field sensor and put it on the Island bus
134. cess image is part of a block of 4096 registers in the range 45392 to 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The splitter box is represented by 8 contiguous registers in this block The input data registers appear first followed by the diagnostic registers The specific registers used are determined by the box s node address on the island bus Output Data The NIM keeps a record of any output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The FTB 1CN16CM0 uses 2 registers in the output process image The output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data returned by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The FTB 1CN16CMO0 uses 2 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific position in the process image is based on the module s node address on the island bus NOTE The following data format is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus 31006709 7 2013 83 FTB
135. ck Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Input Data The P2M2HBVC11600 sends diagnostic data of the valves which are attached to the module to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in 2 contiguous 16 bit registers This information can be read by the fieldbus master an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port or the Advantys configuration software in online mode The NIM s input data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 through 49487 that represents the data returned by the P2EM2HBVC1 1600 Each input module on the island bus is represented in this data block The P2M2HBVC1 1600 uses 2 contiguous registers in the input data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Consult the Parker Moduflex user manuals for more detail about each data word 31006709 7 2013 93 Parker CANopen Module P2M2HBVC11600 Output Process Image Register 1 Output Data first 8 outputs hs fia fis ha n fro fo e 7 e 5 1 0 output 7 output 6 output 5 not used output 4 Register 2 Output Data last 8 outputs L_ output 0 output 1 output 2 output 3 hs 14 ha h2 11 fro fo Js 7 e 5 1O
136. configuration software is in online The drive enters Fault state The motor stops rotating mode one of these operations is performed download a new island configuration issue a Reset command issue a Store to SIM Card command issue a Protect command issue a Stop command Stop PLC operation Depends upon the configuration of the fieldbus and the fieldbus master 31006709 7 2013 137 ATV32 Error Reporting When errors occur in an ATV32 drive they can be reported in a variety of ways If the Advantys configuration software is online errors will be reported in the Log Window and in the Diagnostics tab of the Module Editor Errors may also be reported in the island data process image in e the drive s Status Word e the NIM s diagnostic data Depending on the nature of the error the ATV32 drive may not automatically notify the NIM of the error free status even after all sources of the error have been cleared In this case you may need to perform one or more of the following actions to clear the error displayed in the Advantys configuration software or the island data process image including the NIM s diagnostic data e Ifthe island is running and bit 3 Fault bit in the ATV32 Status Word is set write 0x0080 to the Control Word in the NIM s output data process image If the Status Word changes to Ox 40 or Ox 50 and no errors are indicated in the NIM s diagnostic data the error condition has been clea
137. creen Select a TeSys U Sc Ad starter controller from the Enhanced CANopen section of the hardware catalog browser An image of the starter controller connected to the STB XBE CANopen extension module appears on the screen as shown in the above figure Right click on the TeSys U Sc Ad module and select Module Editor to open its editor CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad V1 xx Segment 1 Slot 15 Node ID 25 1 15 25 General Parameters 10 Image Options I Hexadecimal Data Item Name User Defined Label E Configuration Configured Value Control Configuration 602 Thermal fault manual reset E Setting Fallback Strategy 682 Forced Stop E Inversion of Qutput Configurat 0 Invert output DAT 0 Direct Invert output 0A3 0 Direct E e Invert output LOT 0 Direct Output LO1 Configuration 685 2 Recovery Mode 688 E Output Configuration DAT Configuration 686 0 7 043 Configuration 686 8 15 eae Module Help Cancel Configure object dictionary entries Note The values in the Configure Value column represent default values Select the Parameters tab and in the Configured Value column setup the parameters for Communications loss fallback strategy Inversion of Output Output LO1 Recovery mode Outputs OA1 and OA3 Refer to the TeSys LULC08 CANopen Communication Manual 1744084 for additional info
138. criptions of PEM2HBVC11600 wiring LED patterns set up procedures and functionality refer to user documentation provided by Parker 90 31006709 7 2013 Parker CANopen Module P2M2HBVC11600 Illustration Using the Advantys configuration software select a PEM2HBVC11600 Parker Moduflex module from the Enhanced CANopen section of the Catalog Browser An image of the module appears connected to the end of the island bus as displayed below Probus OPE NPUT XBE 2100 PDT 3100 Kg ACO 1210 Bessa Basses Steeee eos network interface module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied P2M2HBVC11600 module akhOnNdD Functional Description The fieldbus master sends 2 bytes to the P2M2HBVC11600 to control the outputs of up to 16 valves The P2M2HBVC11600 sends 2 bytes to the fieldbus master which contain the diagnostic information about the valves For additional information see Parker Moduflex Process Image see page 93 31006709 7 2013 91 Parker CANopen Module P2M2HBVC1 1600 Parker Moduflex P2M2HBVC11600 Configuration Overview This topic describes the steps required to configure the P2M2HBVC11600 for operation in the Advantys STB system Configuring the P2M2HBVC11600 The P2M2HBVC11600 has 3 rotary switches to define the baud rate and set the node ID of the module on the STB island
139. d in this data block The CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad device uses 5 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Representations of the output data image are shown below Output Process Image Word 1 Control of the System 704 45 14 13 12 41 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not used Run forward Run reverse Not used Fault reset Word 2 Contol of the Communication Module 703 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not used Not used Reset warning Word 3 Output Control 700 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 e 7 6 5 4 3 2 Not used Control of output LO1 if 685 2 Control of outpt OA1 if 686 LSB 2 Word 4 amp 5 PKW Request Object PKW Service Control of output OA3 if 686 MSB 2 0 Word 6 amp 7 PKW Request Data PKW Service 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Input Data Process Image Data from each input module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 The TeSys U Sc Ad device reports the position starter status information in 5 contiguous registers in this block The exact registers in the p
140. d select Module Editor to open its editor FA CANopen TeSys U C Ad 1 xx Segment 1 Slot 12 Node ID 22 1 12 22 Aca General Parameters 10 Image Options A I Hexadecimal Data Item Name Configured Value een User Defined Label E Configuration Control Configuration 602 Thermal fault manual reset amp Setting Fallback Strategy 682 Forced Stop Local Remote Control 683 Remote Mode via the bus i Inversion of Output Configurat 0 Output LO1 Configuration 685 2 Recovery Mode 688 Disabled B Output Configuration fee OAI Configuration 686 0 7 12 043 Configuration 686 8 15 13 _ 13 Output Configuration 687 12 23 Output Configuration 687 13 Module Help Cancel Configure object dictionary entries Note The values in the Configure Value column represent default values 6 Select the Parameters tab and in the Configured Value column setup the parameters for local remote control communications loss fallback strategy inversion of output output LO1 recovery mode outputs OA1 and OA3 outputs 13 and 23 Refer to the TeSys LULC08 CANopen Communication Manual 1744084 for additional information on setting up these parameters T Assign labels for each of the parameters in the User Defined Label column optional action Note There are no options to configure with this device 8 Click on OK to save
141. designed to seat an STB module install it on a DIN rail and connect it to the Island bus It is 13 9 mm 0 55 in wide and 128 25 mm 5 05 in high size 2 base A mounting device designed to seat an STB module install it on a DIN rail and connect it to the Island bus It is 18 4 mm 0 73 in wide and 128 25 mm 5 05 in high size 3 base A mounting device designed to seat an STB module install it on a DIN rail and connect it to the Island bus It is 28 1 mm 1 11 in wide and 128 25 mm 5 05 in high slice I O An I O module design that combines a small number of channels usually between 2 and 6 ina small package The idea is to allow a system developer to purchase just the right amount of I O and to be able to distribute it around the machine in an efficient mechatronics way SM_MPS state management_message periodic services The applications and network management services used for process control data exchange diagnostic message reporting and device status notification on a Fipio network 31006709 7 2013 315 Glossary SNMP simple network management protocol The UDP IP standard protocol used to manage nodes on an IP network snubber A circuit generally used to suppress inductive loads it consists of a resistor in series with a capacitor in the case of an RC snubber and or a metal oxide varistor placed across the AC load source load A load with a current directed into its input must be driven by a cur
142. detailed descriptions of TeSys T components wiring LED patterns functionality and set up procedures 31006709 7 2013 273 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management CANopen TeSys T L Data Process Image Introduction The output and input data process images for the TeSys T L MMC are described below NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the fieldbus master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus For more information about each data word in the process image consult the TeSys T CANopen User Manual 1639503 Data Exchange Process The following is an overview of data exchange between the fieldbus master and the Advantys STB NIM while the TeSys T L MMC is operating Stage Description 1 The fieldbus master sends 7 words output data process image to the MMC control of the system that is run forward run reverse control of Analog Output 1 reserved for future use output control of Boolean Outputs PKW request object for PKW service 2 words PKW request data for PKW service 2 words 2 The MMC then sends 8 words input data process image to the fieldbus master Status Register 1 that is ready tripped Status Register 2 that is HMI port c
143. dustrial norms A German agency that sets engineering and dimensional standards and now has worldwide recognition 304 31006709 7 2013 Glossary Drivecom Profile The Drivecom profile is part of CIA DSP 402 profile which defines the behavior of drives and motion control devices on CANopen networks E economy segment A special type of STB I O segment created when an STB NCO 1113 economy CANopen NIM is used in the first location In this implementation the NIM acts as a simple gateway between the I O modules in the segment and a CANopen master Each I O module in an economy segment acts as a independent node on the CANopen network An economy segment cannot be extended to other STB I O segments preferred modules or enhanced CANopen devices EDS electronic data sheet The EDS is a standardized ASCII file that contains information about a network device s communications functionality and the contents of its object dictionary The EDS also defines device specific and manufacturer specific objects EIA Electronic Industries Association An organization that establishes electrical electronic and data communication standards EMC electromagnetic compatibility Devices that meet EMC requirements can operate within a system s expected electromagnetic limits without interruption EMI electromagnetic interference EMI can cause an interruption or disturbance in the performance of electronic equipment It occurs when a source electr
144. e Step Action Result 1 Double click XCC 351xxS84CB in the Advantys configuration software The selected module opens in the software module editor From the pull down menu in the Configured Value column of the Cyclic Timer row select the desired update time Choose from Disabled 20 ms 50 ms 100 ms 250 ms 500 ms 1 sec 31006709 7 2013 101 XCC 351xxS84CB XCC 351xxS84CB Process Image Input Data Data from each input module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 The XCC 351xxS84CB encoder reports the position of the rotating shaft to two contiguous registers in this block The exact registers in the process image vary based on the module s node address on the island bus The input data process image can be read by e the fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port e the Advantys configuration software in online mode NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus Position Value The Position Value is a 32 bit unsigned integer val
145. e Advantys configuration software and or the island data process image including the NIM s diagnostic data e If the island is still running and the malfunction bit bit 3 in the ATV31x s Status Word is set write 0x0080 to the Control Word in the NIM s output data process image If Status Word changes to Ox 40 and no errors are indicated in the NIM s diagnostic data the error condition has been cleared e Inthe rare event the above procedure does not clear errors issue a Reset command from the Advantys configuration software in online mode If the above steps do not clear all errors in both the ATV31x drive and the island the root cause of the problem that resulted in ATV31x error s may not have been resolved In this case check both the physical setup and drive configuration to ensure that all elements of the system are set up correctly Unsupported and Non Recommended Features The following features are either unsupported or are not recommended when the drive is connected to the Advantys STB island e Remote terminal option of the ATV31x drive is not supported e Multi motor configuration of the ATV31x drive is not supported e Do not use the mandatory module feature on any module in the island that includes an ATV31x drive The ATV31x drive does not behave like Advantys STB I O modules when a mandatory module becomes non operational or is removed and replaced 124 31006709 7 2013 ATV31 and ATV312 ATV31 or AT
146. e associated bit in this register is not used A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected warning condition on the associated actuator output seventh input register pin 4 wamings ns 14 ha he fho 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 L actuator 1 waming or not used not used actuator 8 waming _ or not used actuator 7 waming _ or not used actuator 6 warning _ ornot used actuator 2 waming ornot used actuator 3 waming ornot used actuator 4 warning or not used _ actuator 5 warning or not used The eighth input register reports actuator warnings on pin 2 of each socket When pin 2 of a socket is configured to support an input or a diagnostic the associated bit in this register is not used A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected warning condition on the associated actuator output eighth input register pin 2 wamings 15 14 ha h2 11 ho 9 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 0 not used actuator 16 waming _ or not used actuator 15 waming _ or not used actuator 14 waming L_ actuator 9 waming or not used actuator 10 warning or not used actuator 11 waming or not used actuator 12 waming or not used or not used _ actuator 13 warning or not used 31006709 7 2013 75 FTB IP67 Devices Output Regist
147. e parameters in the drive to the factory settings This step is optional You may want to keep the current drive parameters Refer to Step 3 Expanded see page 146 Set the CANopen baud rate and node address Refer to Step 4 Expanded see page 147 Configure the drive to use command and reference from the CANopen interface Refer to Step 5 Expanded see page 148 Configure other parameters using either the drive s display terminal or PowerSuite This step is optional You may want to keep the current drive parameters Turn off control power to the ATV61 drive Build an island configuration with the Advantys configuration software Use the Advantys configuration software to build a configuration that matches the physical configuration of the island and download the configuration to the NIM Write 0x0000 to the drive s Control Word in the NIM s output data process image to ensure that the drive will be in Switch on disabled state Drivecom profile 31006709 7 2013 145 ATV61 Step Action Comment 10 Connect power cables and wiring as needed Connect power cables and logic wires to match the operation of the configured drive For wiring requirements see the ATV61 reference documents see page 143 11 Physically connect the ATV61 drive to the CAN ground CAN low bus signal and CAN island via the Advantys CANopen Extension high bus signal must be c
148. e then if necessary by configuring the error value or fallback state for the channel All output channels have an error mode either predefined state or hold last value When a channel has predefined state as its error mode it may be configured with an error value which can be any value in the valid range When a channel has hold last value as its error mode the channel will always remain in its last known state if communication is lost It cannot be configured with a predefined error value Output error modes are configured at the channel level By default the value for each channel is 1 indicating a predefined state on each channel If you set a channel s output error mode value to 0 the output error mode becomes hold last value 60 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Output Error Values When an output channel s output error mode is a predefined state you may set a value of either 0 or 1 as the value that the output will go to if communication is lost The default output error value on all channels is 0 Output Filter Constant By default the Output Filter Constant for each channel is 1 indicating that the channel s output will always be set to the commanded value If you configure a channel s bit value to 0 the channel s output will ignore the commanded output value and will hold its last value Fallback Behavior Behavior of this FTB device differs from that of the STB I O modules when certain system events
149. e value to 0 the output error mode becomes hold last value Output Error Values When an output channel s output error mode is a predefined state you may set a value of either 0 or 1 as the value that the output will go to if communication is lost The default output error value on all channels is 0 31006709 7 2013 21 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs Process Image Output Data The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs uses 4 registers in the output process image The output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data returned by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs uses 4 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific position in the process image is based on the module s node address on the island bus The fieldbus master always sends 4 registers of output data to the Advantys STB NIM for the Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs valve When the valve is extended with a CP input module only it uses only the first 2 registers of output data When the valve is extended with a CP output module or valve terminal or to a CP outpu
150. eNet network via CIP bridges or routers A COB communication object is a unit of transportation a message in a CAN based network Communication objects indicate a particular functionality in a device They are specified in the CANopen communication profile configuration CRC The arrangement and interconnection of hardware components within a system and the hardware and software selections that determine the operating characteristics of the system cyclic redundancy check Messages that implement this error checking mechanism have a CRC field that is calculated by the transmitter according to the message s content Receiving nodes recalculate the field Disagreement in the two codes indicates a difference between the transmitted message and the one received 31006709 7 2013 303 Glossary CSMA CS carrier sense multiple access collision detection CSMA CS is a MAC protocol that networks use to manage transmissions The absence of a carrier transmission signal indicates that a network channel is idle Multiple nodes may try to simultaneously transmit on the channel which creates a collision of signals Each node detects the collision and immediately terminates transmission Messages from each node are retransmitted at random intervals until the frames are successfully transmitted D DDXML Device Description eXtensible Markup Language device name A customer driven unique logical personal identifier for an Ethernet NIM
151. echnical characteristics of the performance of the products contained herein This documentation is not intended as a substitute for and is not to be used for determining suitability or reliability of these products for specific user applications It is the duty of any such user or integrator to perform the appropriate and complete risk analysis evaluation and testing of the products with respect to the relevant specific application or use thereof Neither Schneider Electric nor any of its affiliates or subsidiaries shall be responsible or liable for misuse of the information contained herein If you have any suggestions for improvements or amendments or have found errors in this publication please notify us No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without express written permission of Schneider Electric All pertinent state regional and local safety regulations must be observed when installing and using this product For reasons of safety and to help ensure compliance with documented system data only the manufacturer should perform repairs to components When devices are used for applications with technical safety requirements the relevant instructions must be followed Failure to use Schneider Electric software or approved software with our hardware products may result in injury harm or improper operating results Failure to observe this information can resu
152. ect PKW Service Word 6 amp 7 PKW Request Data PKW Service 31006709 7 2013 249 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Input Data Process Image Data from each input module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 The TeSys U C Mu L device reports the position starter status information in 8 contiguous registers in this block The exact registers in the process image vary based on the module s node address on the island bus The input data process image can be read by e the Fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIMs CFG port e the Advantys Configuration Software in the online mode Representations of the input data process image are shown below Input Process Image Word 1 Status Register 455 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Start in progress L_ Ready In local control L Input 1 3 or 1 4 Avg motor current bitS5 powered on All faults Avg motor current bit 4 All warnings Avg motor current bit 3 Tripped Avg motor current bit 2 L Fault reset authorized Avg motor current bit 1 Input 1 1 or 1 2 powered on Avg motor current bit 0 Motor running Word 2 Module Status Register 458 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not used
153. ected depends on the module types that shall follow bus arbitrator A master on a Fipio network 302 31006709 7 2013 Glossary CAN C The CAN controller area network protocol ISO 11898 for serial bus networks is designed for the interconnection of smart devices from multiple manufacturers in smart systems for real time industrial applications CAN multi master systems provide high data integrity through the implementation of broadcast messaging and advanced diagnostic mechanisms Originally developed for use in automobiles CAN is now used in a variety of industrial automation control environments CANopen protocol Cl CiA CIP COB An open industry standard protocol used on the internal communication bus The protocol allows the connection of any enhanced CANopen device to the Island bus This abbreviation stands for command interface CiA CAN in Automation is a non profit group of manufacturers and users dedicated to developing and supporting CAN based higher layer protocols Common Industrial Protocol Networks that include CIP in the application layer can communicate seamlessly with other CIP based networks For example the implementation of CIP in the application layer of an Ethernet TCP IP network creates an EtherNet IP environment Similarly CIP in the application layer of a CAN network creates a DeviceNet environment Devices on an EtherNet IP network can therefore communicate with devices on a Devic
154. ed is removed While the Advantys configuration software is in online mode one of the following operations is performed download a new island configuration issue a Reset command issue a Store to SIM Card command issue a Protect command 31006709 7 2013 167 Bosch CANopen Module Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve Terminal System Module RMV04 CO Configuration Overview To use the Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve Terminal System Module RMV04 CO as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island you have to set the following e node ID e baud rate e diagnosis message activation switch e bus termination Configuring the RMV04 CO The following table describes some of the important steps to help you configure the module as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island Step Action Comment 1 Turn off the operating voltage of the device 2 Locate and open the upper PG screw cap A to access rotary switches S1 and S2 and DIP switch S3 See the figure below for an illustration of the rotary and DIP switches e Use rotary switches S1 and S2 to set the Node ID e Use DIP switch S3 to set the baud rate and also to configure the diagnosis message Set the baud rate to 500 kbps using DIP switch S3 by setting switches 1 and 3 to ON and switch 2 to OFF 500 kbps is the required operating baud rate for an Advantys STB island with enhanced CANopen devices Activate the diagnosis message
155. ed sensor 1 through 8 Optionally you may set the value of any of these channels to 0 which configures pin 2 for the associated input channel to report the state of additional sensor in the range 9 through 16 When the Input Diagnostic parameter for a channel is set to 0 the module does not report diagnostics for the associated sensor 1 through 8 _ socket 4 socket 8 JR O socket 3 oe e o socket 7 O socket 2 socket 6 _ socket 1 o o eo socket 5 28 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Socket Pin Default Setting Optional Configurable Setting 1 4 state of sensor 1 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 1 state of sensor 9 2 4 state of sensor 2 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 2 state of sensor 10 3 4 state of sensor 3 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 3 state of sensor 11 4 4 state of sensor 4 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 4 state of sensor 12 5 4 state of sensor 5 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 5 state of sensor 13 6 4 state of sensor 6 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 6 state of sensor 14 7 4 state of sensor 7 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 7 state of sensor 15 8 4 state of sensor 8 N A 2 diagnostic for sensor 8 state of sensor 16 The pin 2 data is reported in the second input word dedicated to the FTB 1CN16EP0 splitter box in the input process image
156. egister reports the detection of a short circuit on the sensor power supply for the 8 channels A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected short circuit on the associated channel fourth input register sensor power short circuit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 1 0 2 E L channel 1 short circuit not used channel 2 short circuit channel 8 short circuit channel 7 short circuit channel 6 short circuit channel 5 short circuit channel 3 short circuit L channel 4 short circuit 31006709 7 2013 31 32 FTB IP67 Devices Section 2 2 Advantys FTB 1CN16EM0 Splitter Box Overview When you select an Advantys FTB 1CN16EMO0 device from the STB Catalog Browser in the Advantys configuration software you select a multi channel splitter box By default this box supports 8 sensor inputs with integrated diagnostics You may reconfigure any or all of the 8 default diagnostic inputs as sensor inputs Overall this box supports up to 16 sensor inputs What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Advantys FTB 1CN16EMO Splitter Box Overview 33 Advantys FTB 1CN16EM0 Functional Description 34 Advantys FTB 1CN16EM0 Process Image 36 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CN16EM0 Splitter Box Overview Setting Device Parameters for t
157. egments The first leftmost module in a segment needs to provide logic power and Island bus communications to the I O modules on its right In the primary or basic segment that function is filled by a NIM In an extension segment that function is filled by an STB XBE 1200 or an STB XBE 1300 BOS module SELV safety extra low voltage A secondary circuit designed so that the voltage between any 2 accessible parts or between 1 accessible part and the PE terminal for Class 1 equipment does not exceed a specified value under normal conditions or under single fault conditions SIM subscriber identification module Originally intended for authenticating users of mobile communications SIMs now have multiple applications In Advantys STB configuration data created or modified with the Advantys Configuration Software can be stored on a SIM referred to as the removable memory card and then written to the NIM s Flash memory single ended inputs An analog input design technique whereby a wire from each signal source is connected to the data acquisition interface and the difference between the signal and ground is measured For the success of this design technique 2 conditions are imperative the signal source must be grounded and the signal ground and data acquisition interface ground the PDM lead must have the same potential sink load An output that when turned on receives DC current from its load size 1 base A mounting device
158. ents the actual velocity of the drive RPM Sign 31006709 7 2013 163 ATV71 164 31006709 7 2013 Chapter 10 Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve Terminal System CANopen Module RMV04 CO Overview This chapter describes the Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve Terminal System CANopen Module RMV04 CO as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island configuration What Is in This Chapter This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve Terminal System Module RMV04 CO Overview 166 Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve Terminal System Module RMV04 CO Configuration 168 Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve Terminal System Module RMV04 CO Process Image 170 31006709 7 2013 165 Bosch CANopen Module Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve Terminal System Module RMV04 CO Overview Overview The Bosch Rexroth HF 04 Valve System CANopen Module RMV04 CO can be used as an enhanced CANopen device in an Advantys STB island configuration This implementation uses the CANopen connection of the RMV04 CO to communicate across the Advantys STB island allowing the module to become a node on the Advantys STB island NOTE Input and output modules cannot be connected to the RMV04 CO if it is connected to the Advantys system Use any standard Advantys STB NIM to control the RMV04 CO The module will operate on any open fieldbus supported by Advantys STB NOTE The software version of the RMV04 CO must be
159. ents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The CANopen TeSys U C Mu R device uses 7 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus 258 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Representations of the output data process image are shown below Output Process Image Word 1 Control of the System 704 5 all s 2 o L Run forward Not used Launch trip test Run reverse via comm bus Not used Fault reset Not used L Launch auto thermal Overload fault test Word 2 Control of the Communication Module 703 Not used Not used Reset warning Word 3 Output Control 700 ase 13121410 ka eae Not used Control of output LO1 if 685 2 Control of output OA1 if 686 LSB 2 Control of output OA3 if 686 MSB 2 Control of output 13 if 687 LSB 2 Control of output 23 if 687 MSB 2 Word 4 amp 5 PKW Request Object PKW Service Word 6 amp 7 PKW Request Data PKW Service 31006709 7 2013 259 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Input Data Process Image Data from each input module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16
160. ere are no parameters and no options to configure for this device from within the ACS 2 Begin to configure the STB island shown in the above figure by dragging the modules from the hardware catalog on the right hand side of the screen 3 Select a TeSys U Sc Mu L starter controller from the Enhanced CANopen section of the hardware catalog browser 4 An image of the starter controller connected to the STB XBE CANopen extension module appears on the screen as shown in the above figure Click on OK to save the configuration and return to the main menu Build and download the island configuration to the NIM The LULC08 communication module connects to the CANopen bus through the XBE2100 module on your Advantys STB island The baud rate must be set to 500Kbaud and the node ID set to the address you configured for the starter controller in the ACS Configuring the TeSys Sc Mu L Parameters Next use the built in display window keypad on the front panel of the starter controller see figure above or a PC with the PowerSuite software to configure parameters within the TeSys U Sc Mu L Local mode is the Multi function Control Unit s default mode of operation NOTE You must use PowerSuite or the built in display to set the mode to Local It is not possible to set parameters through the ACS Refer to the Power Suite Instruction Sheet 1494182 for details on the setup and operation of the PowerSuite software on a PC A
161. ers By default the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box support sensor inputs via pin 4 You may configure pin 4 on any of the channels to support outputs in which case the state of the outputs is reported in the first register of the output process image used by the FTB 1CN16CP0 When pin 4 of is configured to support an input the associated bit in this register is not used first output register pin 4 outputs ns 14 ha h2 11 10 9 8 7 J6 5 3 2 11 0 not used state of actuator 8 or not used state of actuator7 _ or not used state of actuator 6 L state of actuator 1 or not used __ State of actuator 2 or not used state of actuator 3 ornot used state of actuator 4 ornot used or not used _ state of actuator 5 or not used Optionally you may use the Advantys configuration software to reassign pin 2 on any or all of the sockets to support a sensor input or an actuator output When pin 2 on a socket is configured for I O the input or output on pin 4 of that socket does not report diagnostics You may configure pin 2 on any of the channels to support outputs in which case the state of the outputs is reported in the second register of the output process image used by the FTB 1CN16CPO0 When pin 2 of is configured to support an input or a diagnostic the associated bit in this register is not used second
162. erved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 that represents the data returned the NIM Each input module on the island bus is represented in this data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Representations of the input data process image are shown below Input Process Image Word 1 Status Register 455 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Start in progress iz Ready In local control L System on Avg motor current bit5 All faults Avg motor current bit 4 All warnings Avg motor current bit 3 Tripped Avg motor current bit 2 __ Fault reset authorized Avg motor current bit 1 Controller power Avg motor current bit 0 Motor running Word 2 Module Status Register 456 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 27 0 Not used L Auto reset active Motor transition lockout Not used Network port comm loss Fault power cycle requested Motor restart time undefined Rapid cycle lockout Load shedding Motor speed L HMI port comm loss 292 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Word 3 Logic Input Status 457 15
163. es an STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module and STB XMP 1100 termination plate to be installed in the last two slots on the STB island that is to communicate with the controller You use a CANopen extension cable to connect the TeSys U C Mu L controller to the extension module An example of this type of setup is shown in the following figure PDT 3100 BDO 3200 munan 60000 10 Ny U3 CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L Network Interface Module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied TeSys U C Mu L controller display window and keypad oauhWnd NOTE You can use any standard Advantys STB NIM see page 193 to control the TeSys U controller 246 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Configuring the STB Island Next you need to use the Advantys Configuration Software ACS to logically setup the TeSys U C Mu L and the Advantys STB island Step Action 1 Start the ACS software Note There are no parameters and no options to configure for this device from within the ACS 2 Begin to configure the STB island shown in the above figure by dragging the modules from the hardware catalog browser on the right hand side of the screen 3 Select a TeSys U Sc Mu L controller from the Enhanced CANopen section of the catalog browser 4 An image of the controller connected to the ST
164. es are available for each supported fieldbus Input Data Data from each input module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 The ATV61 drive sends a representation of the operating state of the drive and the attached motor to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in two contiguous 16 bit registers The specific positions of the registers in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus The input data process image can be read by e the fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port e the Advantys configuration software in online mode For more information about each data word in the process image see e ATV61 71 CANopen User s Manual 1755865 e ATV61 Communication Parameters Manual 1760661 e ATV61 Programming Manual 1760649 Output Data The NIM keeps a record of output data in one block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software in online mode if the island is in Test mode The ATV61 drive uses two registers in the output process image The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 to 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represe
165. es that there is a signal at pin 2 the associated LED is off 31006709 7 2013 63 FTB IP67 Devices The third input register reports common diagnostics regardless of how the channels are configured A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected problem third input register common diagnostics hs 14 ha h2 11 ho 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 O0 L sensor under voltage not used L no sensor power loss of signal at diagnostic input actuator under voltage actuator waming g no actuator power actuator short circuit sensor short circuit The fourth input register reports the detection of a short circuit on the sensor power supply for the 8 channels A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected short circuit on the associated channel fourth input register sensor power short circuit 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 L channel 1 short circuit notused channel 8 short circuit channel 2 short circuit channel 7 short circuit channel 3 short circuit channel 6 short circuit L channel 4 short circuit channel 5 short circuit The fifth input register reports actuator short circuit status regardless of how the channels are configured A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected sh
166. ess image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Consult the ATV31 CANopen manual VVDED303093 or ATV312 CANopen manual BBV52819 the ATV31 Communication Variables manual VVDED303092 or ATV312 Communication Variables manual BBV51701 and the ATV31 Programming manual VVDED303042 or ATV312 Programming manual BBV46385 for more details about each data word 31006709 7 2013 125 ATV31 and ATV312 Output Process Image Register 1 Control Word Register 1 Control Word For Access Level LAC L1 or L2 15 14 13 12 11 Foos 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved settoO O L Switch on Fast stop Disable Voltage Injection stop L Quick Stop Stop Enable Operation Forward reverse direction Reserved Reserved set to 0 Fault reset Register 1 Control Word For Access Level LAC L3 15 14 13 12 11 40 9 8 7 eS 3 2 1 0 No Action tt L Switch on Stop Command Forward Reverse Direction Reserved Set to 0 Fault Reset Register 2 Nominal Speed Value L Disable Voltage __ Quick Stop L Enable Operation Reserved This 16 bit signed value represents the target velocity or nominal speed value of the drive in RPM Register 2 Nominal Speed Value 1
167. ess image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The CANopen TeSys U Sc St device uses 7 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus 31006709 7 2013 205 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Representations of the output data image are shown below Output Process Image Word 1 Control of the System 704 15 4 43 42 4 0 e 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 4 0 Not used E Run forward Run reverse Not used Fault reset Word 2 Control of the Communication Module 703 18 14 13 1211 10 9 8 7 6 8 4 pete tah ald Mee eM oi lial _ Not used Reset warning Word 3 Output Control 700 E eset Te Pale Control of output LO1 if 685 2 Control of output OA1 if 686 LSB 2 Word 4 amp 5 PKW Request Object PKW Service Control of output OA3 if 686 MSB 2 Not used Word 6 amp 7 PKW Request Data PKW Service 206 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Input Data Process Image Data from each input module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in
168. fallback state for the channel All output channels have an error mode either predefined state or hold last value When a channel has predefined state as its error mode it may be configured with an error value which can be any value in the valid range When a channel has hold last value as its error mode the channel will always remain in its last known state if communication is lost It cannot be configured with a predefined error value Output error modes are configured at the channel level By default the value for each channel is 1 indicating a predefined state on each channel If you set a channel s output error mode value to 0 the output error mode becomes hold last value Output Error Values When an output channel s output error mode is a predefined state you may set a value of either 0 or 1 as the value that the output will go to if communication is lost The default output error value on all channels is 0 Output Filter Constant By default the Output Filter Constant for each channel is 1 indicating that the channel s output will always be set to the commanded value If you configure a channel s bit value to 0 the channel s output will ignore the commanded output value and will hold its last value 31006709 7 2013 69 FTB IP67 Devices Fallback Behavior Behavior of this FTB device differs from that of the STB I O modules when certain system events occur as described in the following table Event Beh
169. figured to use command and reference from the same channel 5 9 Press ESC three times to exit the configuration ATV71 exits the configuration mode mode When communications are lost between the drive and the fieldbus master the drive and the motor attached to the drive go to a known state known as the fallback state The behaviors of the drive and the motor differ depending on the cause of the communication loss The following behaviors apply when the default settings are used for the fallback parameters Event Behavior e Fieldbus communication is lost and the NIM is configured to The drive enters the Fault state The detect the failure e The NIM fails or power is removed from the NIM e The CAN cable between the ATV71 drive and the Advantys CANopen Extension module is disconnected e The cable between the EOS and BOS if configured is removed motor stops rotating While the Advantys configuration software is in online mode one of the following operations is performed e download a new island configuration issue a Reset command issue a Store to SIM Card command issue a Protect command issue a Stop command The drive enters Fault state The motor stops rotating Stop PLC operation Depends upon the configuration of the fieldbus and the fieldbus master 160 31006709 7 2013 ATV71 Error Reporting When errors occur in an ATV71 drive they can be reported in a va
170. g Device Parameters for the Island Bus The Advantys FTB 1CN16CMO device encased in metal has 3 rotary switches to define the baud rate and set the node ID of the device on the STB island bus The switch set up procedure is defined in the FTB 1CN CANOPEN user manual W9 1606218 02 11 A01 The following table describes some of the important steps to help you configure the device as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island Step Action Result 1 Turn off the operating voltage 2 Set the baud rate rotary switch to The baud rate is set to 500 kbaud which is the required position 7 operating baud rate for an Advantys STB island when it uses enhanced CANopen devices 3 Set the node ID with the other 2 rotary The maximum allowable node ID setting is 32 switches Make sure that the address you set with this switch matches the address set in the Advantys configuration software for this device 78 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CN16CMO0 Functional Description Overview When you open the FTB 1CN16CM0 splitter box in the Module Editor in the Advantys configuration software you may e configure pin 2 on each socket to report either I O diagnostics or the states of up to 8 additional sensor inputs or actuator outputs in any combination e configure pin 4 on each socket to report the states of up to 8 additional actuator outputs in any combination e seta filtering constan
171. go through a third party like a master device PLC programmable logic controller The PLC is the brain of an industrial manufacturing process It automates a process as opposed to relay control systems PLCs are computers suited to survive the harsh conditions of the industrial environment PowerSuite Software PowerSuite Software is a tool for configuring and monitoring control devices for electric motors including ATV31x ATV71 and TeSys U preferred module An I O module that functions as an auto addressable device on an Advantys STB Island but is not in the same form factor as a standard Advantys STB I O module and therefore does not fit in an I O base A preferred device connects to the Island bus via an EOS module and a length of a preferred module extension cable It can be extended to another preferred module or back into a BOS module If it is the last device on the Island it must be terminated with a 120 Q terminator premium network interface A premium NIM has advanced features over a standard or basic NIM prioritization An optional feature on a standard NIM that allows you to selectively identify digital input modules to be scanned more frequently during a the NIM s logic scan process I O An Advantys STB I O module designed for operation at extended temperature ranges in conformance with IEC type 2 thresholds Modules of this type often feature high levels of on board diagnostics high resolution user configurable paramete
172. h a maximum segment length of 100 m 328 ft and terminates with an RJ 45 connector A 10Base T network is a baseband network capable of transmitting data at a maximum speed of 10 Mbit s 802 3 frame A frame format specified in the IEEE 802 3 Ethernet standard in which the header specifies the data packet length A agent 1 SNMP the SNMP application that runs on a network device 2 Fipio a slave device on a network analog input A module that contains circuits that convert analog DC input signals to digital values that can be manipulated by the processor By implication these analog inputs are usually direct That means a data table value directly reflects the analog signal value analog output A module that contains circuits that transmit an analog DC signal proportional to a digital value input to the module from the processor By implication these analog outputs are usually direct That means a data table value directly controls the analog signal value application object In CAN based networks application objects represent device specific functionality such as the state of input or output data ARP The ARP address resolution protocol is the IP network layer protocol which uses ARP to map an IP address to a MAC hardware address 31006709 7 2013 301 Glossary auto baud The automatic assignment and detection of a common baud rate as well as the ability of a device on a network to adapt to that rate
173. h supported fieldbus For more information about each data word in the process image consult the TeSys U Communications Variables User Manual 1744802 Data Exchange Process The following is an overview of data exchange between the fieldbus master and the Advantys STB NIM while the TeSys U C Mu R Controller is operating Stage Description 1 The fieldbus master sends 7 words output data process image to the controller Control Register that is run forward run reverse Control of Communication Module reset warning Output Control that is control of output OA1 PKW request object for PKW service 2 words PKW request data for PKW service 2 words 2 The starter then sends 8 words input data process image to the fieldbus master Status Register that is ready tripped Module Status that is OA1 status Warning Register that is thermal warning Mechanical and Power Supply Status Register that is Contactor Position On PKW request object for PKW service 2 words PKW response data for PKW service 2 words Output Data Process Image The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software when online in the test mode The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that repres
174. haha h2 haholo ls 7 e gt ol D Ww 2 1140 not used I O 8 diagnostic or state of I O 16 I O 7 diagnostic or_ state of I O 15 I O 6 diagnostic or L I O 1 diagnostic or state of I O 9 I O 2 diagnostic or state of I O 10 I O 3 diagnostic or state of I O 11 state of O 14 i O 4 diagnostic or I O 5 diagnostic or__ state of I O 13 state of I O 12 When pin 2 on any channel is configured for diagnostics its associated bit value in the first input register is interpreted as follows 84 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices e A value of 1 indicates that there is no signal at pin 2 the associated red LED turns on e A value of 0 indicates that there is a signal at pin 2 the associated LED is off The third input register reports common diagnostics regardless of how the channels are configured A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected problem third input register common diagnostics 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J0 sensor under voltage not used L no sensor power loss of signal at diagnostic input J actuator under voltage actuator waming de no actuator power actuator short circuit sensor short circuit The fourth input register reports the detection
175. he Island Bus The Advantys FTB 1CN16EM0 device encased in metal has 3 rotary switches to define the baud rate and set the node ID of the device on the STB island bus The switch set up procedure is defined in the FTB 1CN CANOPEN user manual W9 1606218 02 11 A01 The following table describes some of the important steps to help you configure the device as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island Step Action Result 1 Turn off the operating voltage 2 Set the baud rate rotary switch to position 7 The baud rate is set to 500 kbaud which is the required operating baud rate for an Advantys STB island when it uses enhanced CANopen devices Set the node ID with the other 2 rotary switches The maximum allowable node ID setting is 32 Make sure that the address you set with this switch matches the address set in the Advantys configuration software for this device 31006709 7 2013 33 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CN16EM0 Functional Description Overview When you open the FTB 1CN16EM60 splitter box in the Module Editor in the Advantys configuration software you may configure pin 2 on each socket to report either sensor diagnostics or the states of 8 additional inputs You may also set an input filtering constant for each sensor input Input Diagnostic Parameter By default the Input Diagnostic parameter is set to a value of 1 on each channel i e on each of the 8 M
176. he node ID of the device on the STB island bus The switch set up procedure is defined in the FTB 1CN CANOPEN user manual W9 1606218 02 11 A01 The following table describes some of the important steps to help you configure the device as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island Step Action Result 1 Turn off the operating voltage 2 Set the baud rate rotary switch to position 7 The baud rate is set to 500 kbaud which is the required operating baud rate for an Advantys STB island when it uses enhanced CANopen devices Set the node ID with the other 2 rotary switches The maximum allowable node ID setting is 32 Make sure that the address you set with this switch matches the address set in the Advantys configuration software for this device 31006709 7 2013 27 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 Functional Description Overview When you open the FTB 1CN16EP0 splitter box in the Module Editor in the Advantys configuration software you may configure pin 2 on each socket to report either sensor diagnostics or the states of 8 additional inputs You may also set an input filtering constant for each sensor input Input Diagnostic Parameter By default the Input Diagnostic parameter is set to a value of 1 on each channel i e on each of the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box A value of 1 indicates that pin 2 on a socket is reporting diagnostics for the associat
177. he starter then sends 8 words input data process image to the fieldbus master Status Register that is ready tripped Module Status that is OA1 status Warning Register that is thermal warning Mechanical and Power Supply Status Register that is Contactor Position On PKW request object for PKW service 2 words PKW response data for PKW service 2 words 31006709 7 2013 221 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Output Data Process Image The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software when online in the test mode The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L device uses 7 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Representations of the output data process image are shown below Output Process Image Word 1 Control of the System 704 5p 12 AAO SNe 5 AN 3 A o Not used Run forward Launch trip test Run reverse via comm bus Not used No
178. ic inputs as sensor inputs Overall this box supports a combination of 4 actuator outputs and up to 12 sensor inputs What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 Splitter Box Overview 58 Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 Functional Description 59 Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 Process Image 62 31006709 7 2013 57 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 Splitter Box Overview Setting Device Parameters for the Island Bus The Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 device encased in plastic has 3 rotary switches to define the baud rate and set the node ID of the device on the STB island bus The switch set up procedure is defined in the FTB 1CN CANOPEN user manual W9 1606218 02 11 A01 Some of the important steps are described below to help you configure the device as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island Step Action Result 1 Turn off the operating voltage 2 Set the baud rate rotary switch to The baud rate is set to 500 kbaud which is the required position 7 operating baud rate for an Advantys STB island when it uses enhanced CANopen devices 3 Set the node ID with the other 2 rotary The maximum allowable node ID setting is 32 switches Make sure that the address you set with this switch matches the address set in the Advantys configuration software for this device 58 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices
179. ication connection is not open fallback value The value that a device assumes during fallback Typically the fallback value is either configurable or the last stored value for the device FED_P Fipio extended device profile On a Fipio network the standard device profile type for agents whose data length is more than 8 words and equal to or less than 32 words Fipio Fieldbus Interface Protocol FIP An open fieldbus standard and protocol that conforms to the FIP World FIP standard Fipio is designed to provide low level configuration parameterization data exchange and diagnostic services Flash memory Flash memory is nonvolatile memory that can be overwritten It is stored on a special EEPROM that can be erased and reprogrammed FRD_P Fipio reduced device profile On a Fipio network the standard device profile type for agents whose data length is two words or less FSD _P Fipio standard device profile On a Fipio network the standard device profile type for agents whose data length is more than two words and equal to or less than 8 words full scale The maximum level in a specific range e g in an analog input circuit the maximum allowable voltage or current level is at full scale when any increase beyond that level is over range function block A function block performs a specific automation function such as speed control A function block comprises configuration data and a set of operating parameters 306 31006709
180. ication module completes the configuration You can use this variant when you need a starter controller up to 15kW for a 3 phase motor class 10 0 12 or 0 32A rating with a standard control unit that protects against overloads short circuits phase imbalance and insulation breaks and offers a manual reset NOTE In an installation containing TeSys U starter controllers and TeSys U controllers motor management is identical from the point of view of the fieldbus master Preliminary Setup Requirements Prior to using the Advantys STB Software ACS to configure the TeSys U Sc St on an STB island you need to set the baud rate and node ID address and assemble the components see page 194 31006709 7 2013 201 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Connecting to the STB Island The TeSys U Sc St starter controller requires an STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module and STB XMP 1100 termination plate to be installed in the last two slots on the STB island that is to communicate with the starter You use a CANopen extension cable to connect the TeSys U Sc St starter controller to the extension module An example of this type of setup is shown in the following figure E DI oh Network Interface Module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied TeSys U Sc St starter controller akon NOTE You can use any s
181. ics that are presented in this manual should be the same as those characteristics that appear online In line with our policy of constant improvement we may revise content over time to improve clarity and accuracy If you see a difference between the manual and online information use the online information as your reference 31006709 7 2013 9 Related Documents Title of Documentation Reference Number Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 31002947 English 31002948 French 31002949 German 31002950 Spanish 31002951 Italian Advantys STB Analog I O Modules Reference Guide 31007715 English 31007716 French 31007717 German 31007718 Spanish 31007719 Italian Advantys STB Discrete I O Modules Reference Guide 31007720 English 31007721 French 31007724 Italian Advantys STB Counter Modules Reference Guide 31007725 English 31007726 French 31007727 German 31007728 Spanish 31007729 Italian Advantys STB Special Modules Reference Guide 31007730 English 31007731 French 31007732 German 31007733 Spanish 31007734 Italian 31007722 German 31007723 Spanish You can download these technical publications and other technical information from our website at www schneider electric com Product Related Information The information provided in this documentation contains general descriptions and or t
182. iencing motor phase loss fault OPF you may have to first connect a motor to the drive Step 11 Expanded Step 11 Control the drive attached to the island Control the drive by writing to Control Word Refer to the ATV31 Communication Variables manual VVDED303092 or ATV312 Communication Variables manual BBV51701 and the ATV31x Process Image see page 125 122 31006709 7 2013 ATV31 and ATV312 Fallback Behavior 4 DANGER UNINTENDED MOTION Write 0x0000 to the drive s control word in the NIM s output data process image before performing any of the events described below Motor may continue to rotate following the events described below Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury Behavior of the ATV31x drive and the motor attached to the drive differs from that of the STB I O modules when certain system events occur The following table describes the behavior of the drive and motor Event Behavior e Fieldbus communications is lost and NIM is configured to detect the failure e NIM becomes non operational or power is removed from the NIM e CAN cable between the ATV31x drive and the Advantys CANopen Extension module is disconnected e Cable between the EOS and BOS if configured is removed Drive enters Malfunction ATV faulty state Motor stops rotating Stop PLC operation Depends upon the configuration of the fieldbus and the fieldbus m
183. igital input status e digital output status NOTE This document contains information related to the eNod4 T module as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island For other details and instructions for implementing the eNod4 T refer to the user manual at the website of the manufacturer Scaime www scaime com Available NIMs An Advantys STB NIM can control the eNod4 T weighing module in several types of supported fieldbus networks This table shows the required minimum version of the Advantys STB NIM firmware that the eNod4 T requires and the maximum number of eNod4 T modules that each NIM supports depending on the available NIM data process image size Advantys NIM Fieldbus Required Version eNod4 T max no STBNIP2311 dual port Ethernet Modbus TCP IP 3 01 12 STBNIP2212 standard Ethernet Modbus TCP IP 2 72 12 STBNIC2212 EtherNet IP 2 10 12 STBNDP2212 Profibus DP 4 06 7 NOTE Use eNod4 T firmware version V1 12 or later 174 31006709 7 2013 eNod4 T Weighing Module Connecting the eNod4 T Using the Advantys configuration software select an eNod4 T module from the Enhanced CANopen section of the Catalog Browser An image of the drive appears connected to the end of the island bus CENE Nod Advantys STB network interface module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension modu
184. in any combination To configure the signal on pin 4 of any of the 8 sockets as an input signal set the associated bit in the Input Output at Pin 4 parameter to 0 If you set a value of 1 to that bit pin 4 on that channel is configured as an output To configure the signal on pin 2 of any of the 8 sockets as an input signal make sure that the Input Diagnostic parameter is set to 0 Then set the associated bit in the nout Output at Pin 2 parameter to 0 0 is the default setting for this parameter on all channels If you set a value of 1 to that bit pin 4 on that channel is configured as an output 68 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Input Filter Constant By default the Input Filter Constant is set to a value of 0 on each channel indicating that the input from a particular sensor is always read If you configure a channel s bit value to 1 any input that might be received on that channel is ignored The filter constant may also be used to disable enable channels that are configured for diagnostics Output Error Modes When communications are lost between the splitter box and the fieldbus master the box s output channels go to a predefined state known as the error value output You may configure the error value output for each channel individually An error value output is accomplished in 2 steps e first by configuring the error or fallback mode for each channel e then if necessary by configuring the error value or
185. ing versions or later of the Advantys STB NIM firmware Fieldbus Advantys Part Number Minimum Version Number INTERBUS STBNIB2212 2 04 CANopen STBNCO2212 3 04 Profibus STBNDP2212 2 05 Fipio STBNFP221 2 04 Ethernet STBNIP221 2 1 4 DeviceNet STBNDN2212 2 05 Modbus Plus STBNMP2212 2 04 The firmware version of the BTL5 H1 encoder must be 4 02 or later When used as part of an island configuration the BTL5 H1 encoder provides a fixed set of information about the position and velocity of the magnet The process image identifies this information as e Position Value represents the magnet position e Speed Value represents the magnet velocity 104 31006709 7 2013 BTL5 H1 Connection Using the Advantys configuration software select a BTL5 H1 encoder from the Enhanced CANopen section of the Catalog Browser The new device appears connected to the end of the island bus PDT 3100 network interface module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied BTL5 H1 encoder anon NOTE For detailed descriptions of BTL5 H1 encoder wiring LED patterns set up procedures and functionality refer to user documentation provided by Balluff 31006709 7 2013 105 BTL5 H1 Resume Normal Operations Following certain events it may be necessary to power cycle the BTL5 H1 encoder in order
186. input status system ready 1 9 input status free L 8 input status free Nord 5 amp 6 PKW Request Object PKW Service Nord 7 amp 8 PKW Request Data PKW Service 31006709 7 2013 241 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Section 12 7 CANopen TeSys U C Mu L Overview This section describes the CANopen TeSys U C Mu L variant of the TeSys U motor controller What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Configuring the CANopen TeSys U C Mu L Controller 243 CANopen TeSys U C Mu L Data Process Image 248 242 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Configuring the CANopen TeSys U C Mu L Controller Introduction The CANopen TeSys U C Mu L is the TeSys U Controller with Multifunction Control Unit in Local mode variant of the TeSys U series of motor control devices You can use this variant when you need a motor controller up to 450kW for a 3 phase motor class 5 30 with an multifunction control unit that protects against overloads short circuits phase imbalance and insulation breaks It also provides log and monitoring functions including overtorque and no load running warnings fault differentiation and offers a manual or automatic reset Makeup of the CANopen TeSys U C Mu L The makeup of the CANopen TeSys U C Mu L device described in this section uses an LUCMT1BL Multifunction Control Unit with eithe
187. ion Result 1 Double click BTL5 H1 in the Advantys configuration software The selected module opens in the software module editor From the pull down menu in the Configured Value column of the Cyclic Timer row select the desired update time Choose from e Disabled e 20 ms e 50 ms e 100 ms e 250 ms e 500 ms 1sec 31006709 7 2013 111 BTL5 H1 BTL5 Input D H1 Process Image ata Data from each input module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 The BTL5 H1 encoder sends the magnet s speed and position to 4 contiguous registers in this block The exact registers in the process image vary based on the module s node address on the island bus The input data process image can be read by e the fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port e the Advantys configuration software in online mode NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus Position Value The Position Value is a 32 bit integer value that represents the position of the magnet
188. ions of the input data process image are shown below Input Process Image Word 1 Status Register 1 455 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Start in progress L Ready In local control L System on Avg motor current bit5 All faults Avg motor current bit 4 All warnings Avg motor current bit 3 Tripped Avg motor current bit 2 __ Fault reset authorized Avg motor current bit 1 Controller power Avg motor current bit 0 Motor running Word 2 Module Status Register 2 456 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not used L resa active Motor transition lockout Not used Network port comm loss Fault power cycle requested Motor restart time undefined _ Rapid cycle lockout Load shedding Motor speed L HMI port comm loss 276 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Word 3 Logic Input Status 457 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Input status 16 il pL Input status 1 Input status 15 Input status 2 Input status 14 Input status 3 Input status 13 Input status 4 Input status 12 Input status 5 Input status 11 __ nput status 6 Input status 10 Input status 7 Input sta
189. iption of the ATV71 drive Data Exchange During Drive Operation These characteristics of data exchange are true during drive operation e The fieldbus master sends two words to the drive e Control Word for example start stop reset drive fault e Speed Target rpm e The drive sends 2 words to the fieldbus master indicating e Status Word e Output Speed rpm For additional information see ATV71 Process Image see page 162 Drive Configuration Overview You can configure the ATV71 drive using one of these methods e graphic display terminal e integrated display terminal low power drives only See the catalog e PowerSuite drive configuration software To use the drive in an Advantys STB island you must configure at least these two parameters e AdCO the CANopen node address Set this parameter to the same value configured in the Advantys configuration software for this device e bdCO baud rate Set this parameter value to 500 kbps When configuring advanced ATV71 drive features you may wish to use the graphic display terminal or PowerSuite both of which provide many features that expedite the configuration process 156 31006709 7 2013 ATV71 ATV71 Configuration and Operation Safety Message A WARNING UNINTENDED CONFIGURATION AND OPERATION OF THE DRIVE Before physically connecting the ATV71 drive to the Advantys STB island use either the ATV71 drive s display terminal or PowerSuite to verify that all
190. ires an STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module and STB XMP 1100 termination plate to be installed in the last two slots on the STB island that is to communicate with the controller You use a CANopen extension cable to connect the TeSys U C Ad controller to the extension module An example of this type of setup is shown in the following figure t P N w a x e j maz J fq Ea Ea fa A Network Interface Module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied TeSys U C Ad controller akhOND NOTE You can use any standard Advantys STB NIM see page 193 to control the TeSys U C Ad controller 31006709 7 2013 237 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Configuring the STB Island Next you need to use the Advantys Configuration Software ACS to logically setup the TeSys U Sc St and the Advantys STB island Step Action 1 Start the ACS software 2 Begin to configure the STB island shown in the above figure by dragging the modules from the hardware catalog on the right hand side of the screen 3 Select a TeSys U C Ad controller from the Enhanced CANopen section of the hardware catalog browser 4 An image of the starter controller connected to the STB XBE CANopen extension module appears on the screen as shown in the above figure 5 Right click on the TeSys U Sc St module an
191. is register are not used first input register pin 4 inputs 15 14 13 f2 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 not used state of sensor 8 E or not used state of sensor 7 or not used state of sensor 6 ornot used state of sensor 5 ornot used L state of sensor 1 or not used L state of sensor 2 or not used state of sensor 3 or not used state of sensor 4 ornot used By default pin 2 on each socket is configured to report diagnostics for the associated input or output channels This diagnostic data is reported in the input process image Optionally you may use the Advantys configuration software to reassign pin 2 on any or all of the sockets to support a sensor input The second input process image register reports pin 2 data as follows second input register pin 2 inputs 6 5 4 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 2 1 0 not used I O 8 diagnostic or__ state of I O 16 I O 7 diagnostic or state of I O 15 I O 6 diagnostic or L_ I O 1 diagnostic or state of I O 9 I O 2 diagnostic or state of I O 10 O 3 diagnostic or state of I O 11 I O 4 diagnostic or state of I O 14 I O 5 diagnostic or__ state of I O 13 state of I O 12 When pin 2 on any channel is configured for diagnos
192. is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 uses 1 register in the output process image The output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data returned by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 uses 1 register in the output data block Its specific position in the process image is based on the module s node address on the island bus Input Data The FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 sends a representation of the operating state of its input channels to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in five 16 bit registers This information can be read by the fieldbus master or an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 registers in the range 45392 to 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The splitter box is represented by 5 contiguous registers in this block If the splitter box is configured to support inputs the input data register appears first followed by the diagnostic registers The specific registers used are determined by the box s node address on the island bus NOTE The following data format is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus specific
193. ister 2 Speed Target This 16 bit integer value represents the target velocity of the drive RPM Input Process Image Register 1 Status Word shafish2 iifio o e 76 5 4 3 2 1fo Ready to switch on Direction of Rotation Stop via STOP key Reserved Internal limit active Switched on Operation enabled Fault Volt bled Target reached Guiek Siop goag Remote Switch on disabled Reserved Warning Register 2 Output Speed This 16 bit integer value represents the actual velocity of the drive RPM Sign 140 31006709 7 2013 Chapter 8 Altivar 61 Variable Speed Drive About this Chapter This chapter describes the Telemecanique Altivar 61 ATV61 variable speed drive as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island configuration What Is in This Chapter This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page ATV61 Overview 142 ATV61 Functional Description 144 ATV61 Configuration and Operation 145 ATV61 Process Image 150 31006709 7 2013 141 ATV61 ATV61 Overview Introduction The ATV61 variable speed drive is available as an enhanced CANopen device for any Advantys STB island configuration In this capacity the drive s direct CANopen connection communicates across the Advantys STB island allowing it to function as a node on the island Use of this drive requires version 2 5 or greater of the Advantys configuration software For
194. itches OFF ON OFF X 500 kbit s NOTE The baud rate is effective only after a power cycle of the eNod4 T 4 Set the node ID address Hex with the The two rotary switches contain values for SW1 the rotary switches on the eNod4 T most significant half byte and SW2 the least significant half byte The node ID is effective only after a power cycle of the eNod4 T 5 Physically wire the eNod4 T module to the Advantys CANopen extension module power supply load cell and other I Os 6 Apply power to the eNod4 T module and proceed with the calibration If you re using the Advantys configuration software you must be in Test Mode 178 31006709 7 2013 eNod4 T Weighing Module Calibration This table is an example of the calibration process using the Advantys configuration software Step Action 1 Put the Advantys configuration software in Test Mode 2 In the eNod4 T I O image set the calibration load value in Calibration Load 1 For example use 100 for a calibration load of 100 gm Set the capacity value in Capacity For example use 10000 for a weight capacity of 10kg at Capacity in the I O image Set the command 0xD9 in the Command Buffer to start the physical calibration Set the Command Buffer back to 0 Unload your load cell and set the command OxDA in the Command Buffer for calibration zero acquisition Wait for the Response Buffer value to change to 2
195. l description of the ATV32 drive Data Exchange During Drive Operation These characteristics of data exchange are true during drive operation e The fieldbus master sends two words to the drive e Control Word for example start stop reset drive fault e Speed Target rpm e The drive sends 2 words to the fieldbus master indicating e Status Word e Output Speed rpm For additional information see ATV32 Process Image see page 139 Drive Configuration Overview You can configure the ATV32 drive using one of these methods e graphic display terminal e integrated display terminal low drives only See the catalog e SoMove drive configuration software To use the drive in an Advantys STB island you must configure at least these two parameters e AdCO the CANopen node address Set this parameter to the same value configured in the Advantys configuration software for this device e bdCO baud rate Set this parameter value to 500 kbps When configuring advanced ATV32 drive features you may wish to use the graphic display terminal or SoMove both of which provide many features that expedite the configuration process 132 31006709 7 2013 ATV32 ATV32 Configuration and Operation Safety Message A WARNING UNINTENDED CONFIGURATION AND OPERATION OF THE DRIVE Before physically connecting the ATV32 drive to the Advantys STB island use either the ATV32 drive s display terminal or SoMove to verify that al
196. l drive parameters are configured to their intended settings Parameters in the ATV32 drive may have been set to values different than the factory settings Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage Configuration NOTE Please contact the local Schneider Electric support team to connect an ATV32 drive to an Advantys STB island with an STBNDP2212 NIM Follow these steps to configure the ATV32 drive for operation in the Advantys STB system Step Action Comment 1 Disconnect the ATV32 drive from all CAN connections Apply power to the control card of the ATV32 drive Restore the parameters in the drive to the factory settings This step is optional You may want to keep the current drive parameters Refer to the expanded instructions below for Restoring Drive Parameters see page 134 Set the CANopen baud rate and node address Refer to the expanded instructions below for Setting the Baud Rate and Node ID see page 135 Configure the drive to use command and reference from the CANopen interface Refer to the expanded instructions below for Using Command and Reference see page 136 Configure other parameters using either the drive s display terminal or SoMove This step is optional You may want to keep the current drive parameters Turn off control power to the ATV32 drive Build an island configuration with
197. lance Document Scope This document describes the functions and parameters of some of the enhanced CANopen devices that may be used in an Advantys STB island The features are described only from the island s point of view how the devices may be configured as nodes on the island bus For detailed information on the full capabilities of the devices you should refer to the manufacturer s user documentation Validity Note The technical characteristics of the devices described in this document also appear online To access this information online Step Action 1 Go to the Schneider Electric home page www schneider electric com 2 In the Search box type the reference of a product or the name of a product range e Do not include blank spaces in the model number product range e To get information on a grouping similar modules use asterisks 3 If you entered a reference go to the Product datasheets search results and click on the reference that interests you If you entered the name of a product range go to the Product Ranges search results and click on the product range that interests you 4 If more than one reference appears in the Products search results click on the reference that interests you Depending on the size of your screen you maybe need to scroll down to see the data sheet To save or print a data sheet as a pdf file click Download XXX product datasheet The characterist
198. le STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied 5 eNod4 T weighing module ROD NOTE For detailed descriptions of wiring LED patterns set up procedures and functionality for the eNod4 T module refer to the user manual at the website of the manufacturer Scaime www scaime com 31006709 7 2013 175 eNod4 T Weighing Module eNod4 T Configuration and Calibration Physical Description This block diagram shows the layout of the 4 T module JP1 7 1 5 4 1 2 1 i A3 A8 A2 A1 sw1 U S High value Address sw2 w Low value Bii N T baud rate ows A s1 Ols2 Cp1 p2 s3 Olsa C1D3 D4 D USB PRo Olcan C ps p6 PWR Oluss 107 D8 O Reset p Sw4 lO pute A5 a A6 1 1 1 3 N JP4 A7 JP5 This table shows pin numbers and their corresponding functions Identification Pin Number Function A1 power supply 1 Vdc 2 GND A2 0 20mA or 0 10Vdc input optional 1 24Vdc 2 4 20mA or 0 10Vdc 3 GND 4 Shield A3 load cell connections 1 Exc 2 Sens 3 Exc 4 Sens 176 31006709 7 2013 eNod4 T Weighing Module
199. le value is 5 um to 2 147483647 m The Position Step Setting is configurable as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range of 5 000 to 2 147 483 647 0x1388 to Ox7FFFFFFF The actual resolution value is obtained by multiplying the value entered with the Advantys configuration software by 0 001 um For example if a value of 10 000 is entered the actual position resolution is 10 um 31006709 7 2013 109 BTL5 H1 To configure the position step setting Step Action Result 1 Double click BTL5 H1 in the Advantys The selected module opens in the software configuration software module editor 2 Expand the Measuring Step Settings field by Two rows appear below the field clicking on the plus sign 3 Choose the data display format by either unchecked decimal checking or unchecking the Hexadecimal e checked hexadecimal checkbox at the top right of the editor 4 In the Configured Value field for the Position The actual resolution is obtained by multiplying Step Setting row enter the desired value the entered value by 0 001 um Speed Step Setting The Speed Step Setting value is configurable as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range of 10 to 2 147 483 647 OxA to Ox7FFFFFFF The actual speed resolution is obtained by multiplying the value entered in the Advantys configuration software by 0 01 mm s The default value of Speed Step Setting is 10 OxA meaning each 1 bit value in the Speed Value in
200. les in the same segment as the NIM NMT network management NMT protocols provide services for network initialization diagnostic control and device status control O object dictionary Part of the CANopen device model that provides a map to the internal structure of CANopen devices according to CANopen profile DS 401 A device s object dictionary also called the object directory is a lookup table that describes the data types communications objects and application objects the device uses By accessing a particular device s object dictionary through the CANopen fieldbus you can predict its network behavior and build a distributed application ODVA Open Devicenet Vendors Association The ODVA supports the family of network technologies that are built on the Common Industrial Protocol EtherNet IP DeviceNet and CompoNet open industrial communication network A distributed communication network for industrial environments based on open standards EN 50235 EN50254 and EN50170 and others that allows the exchange of data between devices from different manufacturers output filtering The amount that it takes an output channel to send change of state information to an actuator after the output module has received updated data from the NIM output polarity An output channel s polarity determines when the output module turns its field actuator on and when it turns the actuator off If the polarity is normal an output channel tu
201. llowing data format is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus 31006709 7 2013 71 FTB IP67 Devices Input Diagnostic Registers By default the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box support sensor inputs via pin 4 Pin 4 input data is reported in the first register used by the FTB 1CN16CP0 splitter box in the input process image You may configure pin 4 on any of the channels to support outputs in which case the state of the outputs is reported in the output process image and the associated bits in this register are not used first input register pin 4 inputs 15 14 13 f2 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 not used state of sensor 8 L state of sensor 1 or not used or not used state of sensor 7 L state of sensor 2 or not used or not used state of sensor 6 state of sensor 3 ornot used or not used state of sensor 5 state of sensor 4 ornot used ornot used By default pin 2 on each socket is configured to report diagnostics for the associated input or output channels This diagnostic data is reported in the input process image O
202. lt in injury or equipment damage 10 31006709 7 2013 Chapter 1 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal with Direct Connection Overview The Festo CPV CO2 module is a compact performance valve terminal with a direct fieldbus connection CPV Direct The module can be used as an enhanced CANopen device in an Advantys STB island configuration This implementation uses the direct CANopen connection on the CPV terminal to communicate across the Advantys STB island bus allowing the valve terminal to become a node on the island You can use any Advantys STB NIM to control the CP system allowing it to function on any of the open fieldbuses supported by Advantys STB CPV Direct consists of a maximum of 16 valves and may be extended with a maximum of e 1 CP input module e 1 CP output module or valve terminal The Advantys configuration software lists 2 Festo entries in its Catalog Browser e Select CPV CO2 No Inputs if you want to configure the CPV Direct connection without extensions or with one extension to a CP output module or valve terminal e Select CPV CO2 With Inputs if you want to configure the CPV Direct connection with extensions to a CP input module and optionally to a CP output module or valve terminal What Is in This Chapter This chapter contains the following sections Section Topic Page 1 1 Festo CPV CO2 No Inputs Compact Performance Valve 12 1 2 Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs Compact Performa
203. ltering constant for each actuator output and configured sensor input e define the error mode and error value i e the fallback mode and fallback state of each actuator output Input Diagnostic Parameter By default the Input Diagnostic parameter is set to a value of 1 on each channel i e on each of the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box A value of 1 indicates that pin 2 on a socket is reporting diagnostics for the associated actuator 1 through 8 Optionally you may set the value of any of these channels to 0 which configures pin 2 for the associated channel to report the state of a sensor in the range 1 through 8 When the Input Diagnostic parameter for a channel is set to 0 the module does not report diagnostics for the associated actuator socket 4 socket 8 _ _ socket 3 oe eo socket 7 _ 2 socket 2 socket 6 _ socket 1 oo e o socket 5 40 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Socket Pin Default Setting Optional Configurable Setting 1 4 state of actuator 1 N A 2 diagnostic for actuator 1 state of sensor 1 2 4 state of actuator 2 N A 2 diagnostic for actuator 2 state of sensor 2 3 4 state of actuator 3 N A 2 diagnostic for actuator 3 state of sensor 3 4 4 state of actuator 4 N A 2 diagnostic for actuator 4 state of sensor 4 5 4 state of actuat
204. mber e current sensing 0 4 100 A LTMRO8CBD e single phase or 3 phase current inputs 24 Vde 0 4 8 A FLC e 6 discrete logic inputs LTMR27CBD 4relay outputs 3 SPST 1 DPST 24 Vde 1 35 27 A FLC e connections for a ground current sensor e connection for a motor temperature sensor LTMR100CBD connection for network 24 Vdc 5 100 A FLC e connection for HMI device or expansion LTMRO8CFEM module 100 240 Vac 0 4 8 A FLC e current protection metering and monitoring functions e motor control functions LTMR27CFM e power indicator 100 240 Vac 1 35 27 AF e fault and warning LED indicators LC e network communication and alarm indicators LTMR100CFM e HMI communication LED indicator 100 240 Vac 5 100A e test and reset function FLC LTME Expansion Module The LTME Expansion Module provides additional functionally when utilized with the LTMR Controller It is powered from the controller and provides voltage monitoring and additional input terminals The main features of the LTME Expansion Module are described below LTME Expansion Module Functional Description Reference Number voltage sensing 110 690 Vac 3 phase voltage inputs 4 additional discrete logic inputs additional voltage protection metering and monitoring functions power LED indicator logic input status LED indicators LTMEV40BD 24 Vdc LTMEV40FM 100 240 Vac Additio
205. ment of a TeSys U C Ad Motor Controller A typical arrangement of a TeSys U C Ad is shown in the below figure x ere ond 7 M KL TeSys U C Ad motor controller short circuit protection device current transformer contactor motor ahondD When it is used with a short circuit device and a contactor as shown above the TeSys U C Ad controller creates a motor starter that provides e overload protection e motor starter control e application monitoring Above 32 A the TeSys U C Ad controller provides a motor starter management solution identical to that provided by TeSys U starter controllers described in Sections 10 2 through 10 5 Conditions of Use Irrespective of the nominal current value of the motor it is supposed to control the TeSys U C Ad controller is always used with an external current transformer whose e Secondary is at 1A nominal e Primary is selected according to the motor s nominal current NOTE In an installation containing TeSys U starter controllers and TeSys U controllers motor management is identical from the point of view of the PLC 236 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Preliminary Setup Requirements Prior to using the Advantys STB Software ACS to configure the TeSys U C Ad on an STB island you need to set the baud rate node ID address and assemble the controller components see page 194 Connecting to the STB Island The TeSys U C Ad requ
206. mples of reflex actions include compare and copy operations repeater An interconnection device that extends the permissible length of a bus reverse polarity protection Use of a diode in a circuit to help protect against damage and unintended operation in the event that the polarity of the applied power is accidentally reversed rms root mean square The effective value of an alternating current corresponding to the DC value that produces the same heating effect The rms value is computed as the square root of the average of the squares of the instantaneous amplitude for 1 complete cycle For a sine wave the rms value is 0 707 times the peak value 31006709 7 2013 313 Glossary role name RSTP RTD RTP Rx SAP A customer driven unique logical personal identifier for an Ethernet NIM A role name or device name is created when you e combine the numeric rotary switch setting with the NIM for example STBNIP2212_010 or e edit the Device Name setting in the NIM s embedded web server pages After the NIM is configured with a valid role name the DHCP server uses it to identify the island at power up rapid spanning tree protocol Allows a network design to include spare redundant links that provide automatic backup paths when an active link becomes inoperable without loops or manual enabling disabling of backup links Loops must be avoided because they result in flooding the network resistive tempera
207. n PKW objects refer to the Advantys Configuration Software Help files 282 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Output Data Process Image The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software when online in the Local mode The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The CANopen TeSys T L MMC with expansion module uses 7 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Representations of the output and data process image are shown below Output Process Image Word 1 Control of the System 704 15 14 13 12 77 70 9 87 6 5 i 3 I 1 0 Not used ere Run reverse Not used Fault reset command L Not used Self test command Motor low speed command Word 2 Control of Analog Output 1 706 reserved for future use Word 3 Output Control of Boolean Outputs 700 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 110 Not used E Logic Output 1 Command
208. n reverse Not used Fault reset Word 2 Control of the Communication Module 703 15 14 13 12 14 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not used Not used Reset warning Word 3 Output Control 700 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 a 2 1 0 Not used Control of output LO1 if 685 2 Control of output OA1 if 686 LSB 2 Control of output OA3 if 686 MSB 2 Control of output 13 if 687 LSB 2 Control of output 23 if 687 MSB 2 Word 4 amp 5 PKW Request Object PKW Service Word 6 amp 7 PKW Request Data PKW Service Input Data Process Image Data from each input module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 The TeSys U Mu L device reports the position starter status information in 8 contiguous registers in this block The exact registers in the process image vary based on the module s node address on the island bus The input data process image can be read by e the Fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIMs CFG port e the Advantys Configuration Software in the online mode 240 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Representations of the input data process image are shown below Input Process Image Word 1 Status Register 455
209. nal components required for an optional expansion module LTM R controller to LTM E connection cable LTMCC004 0 4m 266 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Controls Indicators amp Connectors The following diagrams show the features of the LTMR controller and LTME Expansion Module LTM R Controller LTM E Expansion Module OONO MOOOQOOOOOOOO A1 A211 C 12 13 C 14 15 C 16 6 Eear Cee ro0cen mE m 0 Power Alarm Fallback Status HMI Comm O u e j T NO NO NO 13 14 23 24 33 34 OOOO fa Test_ Reset zi 22 Ti T2 v CAN LSCAN H V OOOTQOO00O0 7 uo eo oe test reset button HMI port with RJ45 connector connecting the LTM R controller to an HMI PC or expansion module status indicating LEDs network port with 9 pin sub D connector connecting the LTM R controller to a CANopen network plug in terminal control power and internally powered logic inputs and commons plug in terminal double pole single throw DPST output relay plug in terminal output relay plug in terminal ground fault input and temperature sensor input plug in terminal PLC network 0 mj o 0 0000 Lv1 LV2 LV3 amp Erene LTMEV40FM q
210. nation plate to be installed in the last two slots on the STB island that is to communicate with the controller You use a CANopen extension cable to connect the TeSys T L to the extension module An example of this type of setup is shown in the following figure PDT 3100 Network Interface Module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied TeSys T LMMC arhond NOTE You can use any standard Advantys STB NIM see page 269 to control the TeSys T MMC 272 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Configuring the STB Island Next you need to use the Advantys Configuration Software ACS to logically setup the TeSys T L and the Advantys STB island Step Action 1 Start the ACS software 2 Begin to configure the STB island shown in the above figure by dragging the modules from the hardware catalog on the right hand side of the screen Select a TeSys T L from the Enhanced CANopen section of the hardware catalog browser An image of the TeSys T L connected to the STB XBE CANopen extension module appears on the screen as shown in the above figure see page 272 Click on OK to save the parameter settings and return to the main menu Build and download the island configuration to the NIM A variety of available Schneider Electric documents see page 268 contain
211. nce Valve 18 31006709 7 2013 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal Section 1 1 Festo CPV CQ2 No Inputs Compact Performance Valve Overview When you select a CPV CO2 No Inputs module from the Advantys STB Catalog Browser you select a Festo CPV CO2 valve that may be configured with e a single CPV Direct connection extended with a CP output module e asingle CPV Direct connection extended by 1 CP valve terminal e CPV Direct with no extension What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Festo CPV CO2 No Input Valve Overview 13 Festo CPV CO2 No Inputs Functional Description 15 Festo CPV CO2 No Inputs Process Image 16 12 31006709 7 2013 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal Festo CPV CO2 No Input Valve Overview Overview When you select a CPV CO2 No Inputs module from the Catalog Browser it appears in the Island Editor at the end of the island bus FOT 3100 Tea ar Advantys STB primary segment NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate user supplied CANopen extension cable Festo CPV CO2 No Input valve terminal ouhANn 31006709 7 2013 13 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal Setting Module Parameters for the Island Bus The CPV CO2 module has 2 dual in line DIL switches a 4 element switch and an 8 element switch These switches are used to defi
212. ne the baud rate set up any extension to the CP system and set the station number or node ID of the device on the STB island bus The switch set up procedure is defined in the Festo manual The following table describes some of the important steps to help you configure the device as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island Step Action Result 1 Turn off the operating voltage 2 Remove the switch module from the CPV CO2 module 3 On the 4 element DIL switch set switch 1 off and The baud rate is set to 500 kbaud which is the switch 2 on required operating baud rate for an Advantys STB island when it uses enhanced CANopen devices 4 Use switches 3 and 4 on the 4 element DIL switch If you want to use CPV Direct with an to define how the module will extend to the CP extension to a valve terminal or to a CP output system module set switch 3 to off and switch 4 to on If you do not want to use any extensions set both switch 3 and switch 4 off 5 Use the 8 element DIL switch to set the node ID in The maximum allowable node ID setting is 32 BCD Make sure that the address you set with this switch matches the address set in the Advantys configuration software for this device 14 31006709 7 2013 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal Festo CPV CO2 No Inputs Functional Description Overview When you open the CPV CO2 No Inputs module in the Module Editor in the Advantys configurati
213. ng the ATV71 drive to the Advantys STB island use either the drive s display terminal or PowerSuite to restore the drive parameters to the factory settings If you do not do this the drive retains any previously configured parameter values instead of factory settings Skip this step only if you intend to retain the previously configured parameter values The steps described below concern only the graphic display terminal If you wish to use the integrated display terminal or PowerSuite to perform this task consult the ATV71 reference manuals see page 155 Step Action Comment 3 1 Apply power to the control card of the ATV71 The ATV71 powers on drive 3 2 Press ENT to access MAIN MENU The MAIN MENU appears 3 3 Select 1 DRIVE MENU and press ENT The ATV71 drive configuration menu appears 3 4 Select 1 12 FACTORY SETTINGS and press You can restore selected parameters to their ENT factory settings 3 5 Select PARAMETER GROUP LIST and press Different groups of parameters can be restored ENT to the factory settings 3 6 Select the group of parameters to set to the A checkmark is placed next to the selection factory default values and press ENT 158 31006709 7 2013 ATV71 Step Action Comment 3 7 Press ESC once to return to 1 12 FACTORY SETTINGS menu 3 8 Select Goto FACTORY SETTINGS and press ENT Read the warning message 3 9 Press ENT to rest
214. node address can result in an error condition that requires you to power cycle the island The drive s newly configured baud rate and node address parameter values take effect only after you cycle the power to the drive To set the baud rate and node ID Step Action Comment 4 1 Apply power to the control card of the ATV61 drive The ATV61 powers on 4 2 Press ENT to access MAIN MENU The MAIN MENU appears 4 3 Select 1 DRIVE MENU and press ENT The ATV61 drive configuration menu appears 4 4 Select 1 9 COMMUNICATION and press ENT You can configure various communication parameters 4 5 Select CANopen and press ENT You can configure CANopen node address and baud rate 31006709 7 2013 147 ATV61 Step Action Comment 4 6 Select CANopen address valid range 1 to 32 and press ENT Make sure the address set here matches the address set in the Advantys configuration software for this device 4 7 Select the desired value of node address and press ENT The CANopen node address is configured in the drive 4 8 Select the CANopen bit rate and press ENT 4 9 Select 500 kbps and press ENT Note that the baud rate must also be set to 500 kbps in the Advantys configuration software The CANopen baud rate is configured in the drive 4 10 Press ESC four times to exit the configuration mode The ATV61 e
215. ns of ATV31x drive wiring LED patterns display codes set up procedures and functionality refer to the ATV31 or ATV312 user manual provided by Schneider Electric NOTE Be sure to read understand and follow the safety messages in the ATV31 or ATV312 user manuals Illustration Using the Advantys configuration software select an ATV31x drive from the Enhanced CANopen section of the Catalog Browser An image of the drive appears connected to the end of the island bus as displayed below NDP 2212 PDT 3100 DDO 3600 EEREEEEE Al 1210 XBE 2100 roms of weur Ao I a rA a ad z m mo moll mo Be Ro mo mo mo mo o mo mo mo f DC mo mo mo momo mo fe m i F 1 127 27 3A Wwa 5 3 624 z5 BPE z4 Hos 117 134 12 33 network interface module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied 5 ATV31x drive kOND 31006709 7 2013 117 ATV31 and ATV312 Functional Description Overview of Data Exchange While Drive is Operating The fieldbus master sends 2 words to the drive e Command Word e g Start stop reset drive fault e Nominal Speed Value The drive sends 2 words to the fieldbus master indicating e Drive Status e Actual Speed Value For additional information see ATV31x Process Image
216. nsion module operating in the Remote mode It is the TeSys T R with Expansion Module variant of the TeSys T series of MMC devices Select one of the following MMC types e LTMR C where 08 or 27 or 100 and FM or BD e LTMEV40 Expansion Module Preliminary Setup Requirements Prior to using the Advantys STB Software ACS to configure the TeSys T R with Expansion Module on an STB island you need to set the baud rate and node ID address as well as all warning and fault parameter levels You do this with the PowerSuite configuration software refer to the PowerSuite Instruction Sheet 1494182 NOTE The set up for performing the baud rate and the node ID procedures are defined in the TeSys T User Manual 1639503 NOTE Remote configuration mode is the default mode of operation You must use PowerSuite to set the mode to Local It is not possible to set any parameters for the MMC with the ACS 31006709 7 2013 295 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Connecting to the STB Island The TeSys T R with Expansion Module requires an STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module and STB XMP 1100 termination plate to be installed in the last two slots on the STB island that is to communicate with the controller You use a CANopen extension cable to connect the TeSys T R to the extension module An example of this type of setup is shown in the following figure PDT 3100 17127
217. nted in this data block The ATV61 drive uses two contiguous registers in the output data block The specific positions of the registers in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus 150 31006709 7 2013 ATV61 Output Process Image Register 1 Control Word Breene EERE Switch on Enable voltage Quick stop Enable operation Reserved setto 0 Fault reset Assignable Direction of rotation command default Reserved set to 0 Register 2 Speed Target This 16 bit integer value represents the target velocity of the drive RPM Input Process Image Register 1 Status Word Ready to switch on Direction of Rotation Stop via STOP key Reserved Internal limit active Switched on Operation enabled Fault Voltage enabled Target reached Quick stop Remote Switch on disabled Reserved Warning Register 2 Output Speed This 16 bit integer value represents the target velocity of the drive RPM 31006709 7 2013 151 ATV61 152 31006709 7 2013 Chapter 9 Altivar 71 Variable Speed Drive About this Chapter This chapter describes the Telemecanique Altivar 71 ATV71 variable speed drive as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island configuration What Is in This Chapter This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page ATV71 Overview 154 ATV71 Functional Description 156
218. ntys CANopen Extension module is disconnected e Cable between the EOS and BOS if configured is removed e While the Advantys configuration software is in online mode one of the following operations is performed e Download a new island configuration e Issue a Reset command e Issue a Store to SIM Card command Stop PLC operation Depends upon the configuration of he fieldbus and the fieldbus master While the Advantys configuration software is in Output channels remain in their last known states online mode a Stop command is issued regardless of output error mode see page 81 and output error value see page 87 settings Non Recommended Feature The following feature available only in Version 1 x of the Advantys configuration software is not recommended when the FTB device is connected to the Advantys STB island e Do not use the mandatory module feature on any module in the island that includes an FTB device The FTB device does not behave like Advantys STB I O modules when a mandatory module fails or is removed and replaced 82 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CN16CMO Process Image Input Data The FTB 1CN16CMO sends a representation of the operating state of its input channels to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in eight 16 bit registers This information can be read by the fieldbus master or by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data pro
219. ntys configuration software for this device 20 31006709 7 2013 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs Functional Description Overview When you open the CPV CO2 With Inputs module in the Module Editor in the Advantys configuration software you may define the error mode and error value i e the fallback mode and fallback state of each actuator output Output Error Modes When communications are lost between the module and the fieldbus master the module s output channels go to a predefined state known as the error value output You may configure the error value output for each channel individually An error value output is accomplished in 2 steps e first by configuring the error or fallback mode for each channel e then if necessary by configuring the error value or fallback state for the channel All output channels have an error mode either predefined state or hold last value When a channel has predefined state as its error mode it may be configured with an error value which can be any value in the valid range When a channel has hold last value as its error mode the channel will always remain in its last known state if communication is lost It cannot be configured with a predefined error value Output error modes are configured at the channel level By default the value for each channel is 1 indicating a predefined state on each channel If you set a channel s output error mod
220. o one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus 16 31006709 7 2013 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal Process Image Register 1 n5 14 hs he hifo 9 Js 7 Je 5 Ja le 2 1 o L_GPV direct output 0 not used CPV direct output 7 L CPV direct output 1 CPV direct output 6 CPV direct output 2 CPV direct output 5 CPV direct output 3 CPV direct output 4 Register 2 h5 14 ha h2 11 fio Jo la 7 e Js l4 3 2 1 Jo L CPV direct output 8 notused Gpy direct output 15 CPV direct output 9 CPV direct output 14 CPV direct output 10 CPV direct output 13 CPV direct output 11 Register 3 CPV direct output 12 ns ha ha h2 11 holo s 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 _ extension output 0 not used extension output 7 L extension output 1 extension output 6 extension output 2 extension output 5 extension output 3 extension output 4 Register 4 hs 14 hs h2 11 10 9 Ja 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Jo L_ extension output 8 notused extension output 15 extension output 9 extension output 14 ex
221. odules when a mandatory module fails or is removed and replaced 31006709 7 2013 61 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 Process Image Output Data The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The FTB 1CN12E04SP0 uses 1 register in the output process image The output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data returned by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The FTB 1CN12E04SP0 uses 1 register in the output data block Its specific position in the process image is based on the module s node address on the island bus Input Data The FTB 1CN12E04SP0 sends a representation of the operating state of its input channels to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in six 16 bit registers This information can be read by the fieldbus master or an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 registers in the range 45392 to 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The splitter box is represented by 6 contiguous registers in this block The input data register appears first followed by the diagnostic registers The specific registers used are determined by the box
222. of 500 kbps as indicated on the following table and shown in the figure below SW10 sw9 SW8 Baud Rate 1 0 1 500 kbps Switch SW positions On 1 Off 0 Setting the Node ID Address The communication module s address on the CANopen bus is the Node ID According to Schneider class S20 the system allows you to assign an address from 1 to 127 using the 7 right most switches SW1 to SW7 Address 0 zero is not allowed and is considered as an invalid configuration NOTE When using a TeSys U motor control device on an Advantys STB island the maximum node ID allowed is 32 You need to set the 7 right most switches to represent the node ID address assigned to your TeSys U motor control device As an example an address of 5 is shown in the figure below Example 10 9 8 Baud rate 500 kbps Address 5 1 SW ON OFF 31006709 7 2013 195 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Possible settings for the first 6 and last 3 addresses allowable for a TeSys U starter controller on a Advantys STB island are listed in the table below first 6 addresses SW7 SW6 SW5 SW4 SW3 Sw2 swi Address 0 0 0 0 0 0 Not valid 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 default value 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 3 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 5 last 3 addresses SW7 SW6 SW5 SW4 SW3 sw2 sw1 Address 1 1 1 1 0 30 1 1 1 1 1
223. of a short circuit on the sensor power supply for the 8 channels A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected short circuit on the associated channel fourth input register sensor power short circuit hs 14 hs h2 liho Js 7 e 5 4 s 1 0 2 E L channel 1 short circuit channel 2 short circuit ona channel 8 short circuit channel 7 short circuit channel 3 short circuit channel Sishort eirout channel 4 short circuit channel 5 short circuit 31006709 7 2013 85 FTB IP67 Devices The fifth input register reports actuator short circuit status on pin 4 of each socket When pin 4 of a socket is configured to support an input the associated bit in this register is not used A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected short circuit on the associated actuator output fifth input register pin 4 actuator short circuit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 3 2 1 0 not used actuator 8 short circuit or not used actuator 7 short circuit or not used actuator 6 short circuit or not used L actuator 1 short circuit or not used __ actuator 2 short circuit or not used _ actuator 3 short circuit or not used actuator 4 short circuit ornot used actuator 5 short circuit or not used The
224. of power base and advanced control unit Select one of the following power bases LUB12 LUS12 up to 12A non reversing LU2B12 LU2S12 up to 12A reversing LUB32 LUS32 up to 32A non reversing LU2B32 LU2S32 up to 32A reversing Select one of the following Multifunctional Control Units e LUCM BL X6 or 1X or 05 or 12 or 18 or 32 The LULC08 CANopen communication module completes the configuration The functions that the Multifunctional Control Unit provide are discussed below 226 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices The Multifunction Control Unit The LUCM Multifunction Control Unit controls protects and monitors the LUBxx and LUSxx bases listed above and performs the following functions Protection against overcurrent against thermal overloads with choice of trip classes from 5 to 30 against ground faults against phase imbalances against mechanical jams during or after the start up phase against idling against tripping of the starter via an external signal as an option Warning The LUCM Multifunction Control Unit includes a warning associated with each of the above listed protection functions The warning level can be configured and is independent from the protection trip level Diagnostic Records and displays e number of operating hours for the motor e number of starts e number of trips e cause of each trip For the last five trips the multifunction control unit records the s
225. omm loss logic input status that is Input Status 1 logic output status that is Output Status 1 PKW response object for PKW service 2 words e e e e e e PKW response data for PKW service 2 words NOTE The process images are the same for STB islands containing TeSys T MMCs with or without an expansion module In order to receive input data from the expansion module PKW objects must be used For details on PKW objects refer to the Advantys Configuration Software Help files 274 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Output Data Process Image The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software when online in the Test mode The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The CANopen TeSys T L MMC uses 7 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Representations of the output and data process image are shown below Output Process Image Word 1 Control of the System 704 Smo 6 5 Pa 3 i jo Not used c
226. on each socket is configured to report diagnostics for the associated input or output channel This diagnostic data is reported in the input process image Sensor input diagnostics are reported are reported in bits 0 through 3 actuator output diagnostics are reported in bits 4 through 8 of the second input word Optionally you may use the Advantys configuration software to reassign pin 2 on any or all of the sockets to support a sensor input When pin 2 on a socket is configured for an input the input or output on pin 4 of that socket does not report diagnostics The second input process image register reports pin 2 data as follows second input register pin 2 inputs 15 haha 2 11 fro 9 8 7 e 5 Ja Ja 2 1 Jo L sensor 1 diagnostic or state of sensor 5 not used R actuator 4 diagnostic or f i state of sensor 12 sensor 2 diagnostic or state of sensor 6 actuator 3 diagnostic or state of sensor 11 sensor 3 diagnostic or state of sensor 7 actuator 2 diagnostic or _ L sensor 4 diagnostic or state of sensor 10 state of sensor 8 actuator 1 diagnostic or state of sensor 9 When pin 2 on any channel is configured for diagnostics its associated bit value in the first input register is interpreted as follows e A value of 1 indicates that there is no signal at pin 2 the associated red LED turns on e A value of 0 indicat
227. on software you may define the error mode and error value i e the fallback mode and fallback state of each actuator output Output Error Modes When communications are lost between the module and the fieldbus master the module s output channels go to a predefined state known as the error value output You may configure the error value output for each channel individually An error value output is accomplished in 2 steps e first by configuring the error or fallback mode for each channel e then if necessary by configuring the error value or fallback state for the channel All output channels have an error mode either predefined state or hold last value When a channel has predefined state as its error mode it may be configured with an error value which can be any value in the valid range When a channel has hold last value as its error mode the channel will always remain in its last known state if communication is lost It cannot be configured with a predefined error value Output error modes are configured at the channel level By default the value for each channel is 1 indicating a predefined state on each channel If you set a channel s output error mode value to 0 the output error mode becomes hold last value Output Error Values When an output channel s output error mode is a predefined state you may set a value of either 0 or 1 as the value that the output will go to if communication is lost The default output e
228. onfiguration of he fieldbus and the fieldbus master While the Advantys configuration software is in Output channels remain in their last known states online mode a Stop command is issued regardless of output error mode see page 51 and output error value see page 57 settings Non Recommended Feature The following feature available only in Version 1 x of the Advantys configuration software is not recommended when the FTB device is connected to the Advantys STB island e Do not use the mandatory module feature on any module in the island that includes an FTB device The FTB device does not behave like Advantys STB I O modules when a mandatory module fails or is removed and replaced 52 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08CM0 Process Image Input Data The FTB 1CNO8E08CM0O sends a representation of the operating state of its input channels to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in six 16 bit registers This information can be read by the fieldbus master or by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 registers in the range 45392 to 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The splitter box is represented by 6 contiguous registers in this block The input data registers appear first followed by the diagnostic registers The specific registers used are determined by the box s node address on the island bus Output Da
229. onically transmits a signal that interferes with other equipment EOS This abbreviation stands for end of segment When more than 1 segment of I O modules is used in an Island an STB XBE 1000 or an STB XBE 1100 EOS module is installed in the last position in every segment that has an extension following it The EOS module extends Island bus communications to the next segment Which EOS module must be selected depends on the module types that shall follow Ethernet ALAN cabling and signaling specification used to connect devices within a defined area e g a building Ethernet uses a bus or a star topology to connect different nodes on a network Ethernet Il A frame format in which the header specifies the packet type Ethernet II is the default frame format for NIM communications 31006709 7 2013 305 Glossary EtherNet IP EtherNet IP the Ethernet Industrial Protocol is especially suited to factory applications in which there is a need to control configure and monitor events within an industrial system The ODVA specified protocol runs CIP the Common Industrial Protocol on top of standard Internet protocols like TCP IP and UDP It is an open local communications network that enables the interconnec tivity of all levels of manufacturing operations from the plant s office to the sensors and actuators on its floor F fallback state A known state to which an Advantys STB I O module can return in the event that its commun
230. onnected between the module Advantys CANopen Extension module and the ATV61 drive For additional information on CAN wiring requirements see the ATV61 reference documents see page 143 12 Apply power to the ATV61 drive 13 Control the ATV61 drive by writing to the Control the drive attached to the island by Control Word writing to the Control Word Refer to the ATV61 reference manuals see page 143 and the discussion of the ATV61 Process Image see page 150 Step 3 Expanded Step 3 Restore Drive Parameters to Factory Settings A WARNING UNINTENDED CONFIGURATION AND OPERATION OF THE DRIVE When restoring drive parameters to the factory settings use either the ATV61 drive s display terminal or PowerSuite to verify the validity of the parameters below Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage Before physically connecting the ATV61 drive to the Advantys STB island use either the drive s display terminal or PowerSuite to restore the drive parameters to the factory settings If you do not do this the drive retains any previously configured parameter values instead of factory settings Skip this step only if you intend to retain the previously configured parameter values The steps described below concern only the graphic display terminal If you wish to use the integrated display terminal or PowerSuite to perform this task consult the A
231. operating in Local mode Mu R Multifunctional control unit operating in Remote mode Sc Starter Controller St Standard control unit So for example CANopen TeSys U Sc St stands for e a TeSys U Starter Controlller with a Standard Control Unit What s Ahead In the remainder of this chapter we describe how to configure each of the seven variants in conjunction with the LULCO8 CAN communication module to function as a node on an Advantys STB island 31006709 7 2013 199 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Section 12 2 CANopen TeSys U Sc St Starter Controller Overview This section describes the CANopen TeSys U Sc St variant of a TeSys U motor control device What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Configuring the CANopen TeSys U Sc St Starter Controller 201 CANopen TeSys U Sc St Data Process Image 205 200 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Configuring the CANopen TeSys U Sc St Starter Controller Introduction The CANopen TeSys U Sc St is the TeSys U Starter Controller with Standard Control Unit variant of the TeSys U series of motor control devices It is assembled with an LUCA BL Standard Control unit and any one of the following power bases e LUB12 LUS12 up to 12A non reversing e LU2B12 LU2S12 up to 12A reversing e LUB32 LUS32 up to 32A non reversing e LU2B32 LU2S32 up to 32A reversing The LULC08 CANopen commun
232. or 5 N A 2 diagnostic for actuator 5 state of sensor 5 6 4 state of actuator 6 N A 2 diagnostic for actuator 6 state of sensor 6 7 4 state of actuator 7 N A 2 diagnostic for actuator 7 state of sensor 7 8 4 state of actuator 8 N A 2 diagnostic for actuator 8 state of sensor 8 The pin 2 data is reported in the first input register dedicated to the FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 splitter box in the input process image see page 44 Input Filter Constant By default the Input Filter Constant is set to a value of 0 on each channel indicating that the input from a particular sensor is always read If you configure a channel s bit value to 1 any input that might be received on that channel is ignored The filter constant may also be used to disable enable channels that are configured for diagnostics Output Error Modes When communications are lost between the splitter box and the fieldbus master the box s output channels go to a predefined state known as the error value output You may configure the error value output for each channel individually An error value output is accomplished in 2 steps e first by configuring the error or fallback mode for each channel e then if necessary by configuring the error value or fallback state for the channel All output channels have an error mode either predefined state or hold last value When a channel has predefined state as its error mode it may be configured with an error value which
233. or 9 or actuator 9 2 4 state of sensor 2 state of actuator 2 2 diagnostic for sensor 2 or actuator 2 state of sensor 10 or actuator 10 3 4 state of sensor 3 state of actuator 3 2 _ diagnostic for sensor 3 or actuator 3 state of sensor 11 or actuator 11 4 4 state of sensor 4 state of actuator 4 2 diagnostic for sensor 4 or actuator 4 state of sensor 12 or actuator 12 5 4 state of sensor 5 state of actuator 5 2 diagnostic for sensor 5 or actuator 5 state of sensor 13 or actuator 13 6 4 state of sensor 6 state of actuator 6 2 _ diagnostic for sensor 6 or actuator 6 state of sensor 14 or actuator 14 7 4 state of sensor 7 state of actuator 7 2 diagnostic for sensor 7 or actuator 7 state of sensor 15 or actuator 15 8 4 state of sensor 8 state of actuator 8 2 diagnostic for sensor 8 or actuator 8 state of sensor 16 or actuator 16 The pin 2 data is reported in the second input register for to the FTB 1CN16CP0 splitter box in the input process image see page 72 Input Output Parameters You have the ability to configure pin 4 and pin 2 on each of the 8 sockets to support either a sensor input or an actuator output You may also configure pin 2 on each channel to provide diagnostics for the input or output on pin 4 of that socket this is the default setting for pin 2 on each socket Two 8 channel parameters in the Module editor of the Advantys configuration software are provided to define up to 16 I O channels
234. ore factory settings of the parameters you selected The selected parameter group is restored to its factory settings 3 10 Press ESC three times to exit the configuration mode ATV71 exits the configuration mode Step 4 Expanded Step 4 Set CANopen Baud Rate and Node Address After restoring the factory settings use either the drive s display terminal or PowerSuite to set the drive s baud rate and node address ID on the Advantys STB island bus An incorrectly configured baud rate or node address can result in an error condition that requires you to power cycle the island The drive s newly configured baud rate and node address parameter values take effect only after you cycle the power to the drive To set the baud rate and node ID Step Action Comment 4 1 Apply power to the control card of the ATV71 drive The ATV71 powers on 4 2 Press ENT to access MAIN MENU The MAIN MENU appears 4 3 Select 1 DRIVE MENU and press ENT The ATV71 drive configuration menu appears 4 4 Select 1 9 COMMUNICATION and press ENT You can configure various communication parameters 4 5 Select CANopen and press ENT You can configure CANopen node address and baud rate 4 6 Select CANopen address valid range 1 to 32 and press ENT Make sure the address set here matches the address set in the Advantys configuration software for this device 4 7
235. ort circuit on an output fifth input register actuator short circuit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 14 3 2 1 0 not used not used actuator 4 short circuit actuator 3 short circuit actuator 2 short circuit actuator 1 short circuit The sixth input register reports actuator warnings regardless of how the channels are configured A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected warning condition on an output sixth input register actuator wamings ns 14 ha h2 11 fofo 8 7 6 5 4 13 2 1 0 not used not used actuator 4 waming actuator 3 warning actuator 2 waming actuator 1 waming 64 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Section 2 6 Advantys FTB 1CN16CPO0 Splitter Box Overview When you select an Advantys FTB 1CN16CP0 device from the STB Catalog Browser in the Advantys configuration software you select a multi channel I O splitter box By default this box supports 8 sensor inputs with integrated diagnostics You may reconfigure any or all of the 8 default sensor inputs as actuator outputs and you may reconfigure any or all of the 8 default diagnostic inputs as sensor inputs or actuator outputs Overall this box supports up to 16 sensor inputs and actuator outputs in
236. ositions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Representations of the output and data process image are shown below Output Process Image Word 1 Control of the System 704 45 14 13 42 41 topo ei s 5 M 3 By o L Run forward Run reverse Not used Not used Fault reset command Not used Self test command Motor low speed command Word 2 Control of Analog Output 1 706 reserved for future use Word 3 Output Control of Boolean Outputs 700 151443 72 4770 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not used L Logic Output 1 Command L Logic Output 2 Command Logic Output 3 Command L Logic Output 4 Command Logic Output 5 Command Logic Output 6 Command Logic Output 7 Command Logic Output 8 Command Word 4 amp 5 PKW Request Object PKW Service Word 6 amp 7 PKW Request Data PKW Service 31006709 7 2013 291 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Input Data Process Image The TeSys T R MMC sends status data of the motor in control to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in 8 contiguous 16 bit registers The input data process image can be read by e the Fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIMs CFG port e the Advantys Configuration Software in the online mode The NIM s input data process image a res
237. ositive indicates a positive output level when enabled For detailed descriptions of eNod4 T parameters and functions refer to the user manual on the website of the manufacturer Scaime www scaime com Set Point 1_2 Configuration Parameter Each set point is described by its commutation mode and by a couple of values that are constantly compared to the net measurement to define the corresponding output logical level Each set point commutation mode is set to hysteresis and the set point comparison measurement is set to net For detailed descriptions of eNod4 T parameters and functions refer to the user manual on the website of the manufacturer Scaime www scaime com 182 31006709 7 2013 eNod4 T Weighing Module eNod4 T Process Image Introduction This is a description of the input and output data process image for the eNod4 T module NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating Data is sent to the master in fieldbus specific formats For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to the appropriate Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guide IO Image Tab The IO Image tab for the eNod4 T shows the values for the input and output data items in the process image Open this tab in the Module Editor of the Advantys configuration software General Parameters IO Image l Diagnostics Options A f Hexadecimal Data Item N
238. otor differ depending on the cause of the communication loss The following behaviors apply when the default settings are used for the fallback parameters Event Behavior e Fieldbus communication is lost and the NIM is configured The drive enters the Fault state The motor to detect the failure stops rotating e The NIM fails or power is removed from the NIM e The CAN cable between the ATV61 drive and the Advantys CANopen Extension module is disconnected e The cable between the EOS and BOS if configured is removed While the Advantys configuration software is in online mode The drive enters Fault state The motor stops one of the following operations is performed rotating download a new island configuration issue a Reset command issue a Store to SIM Card command issue a Protect command issue a Stop command Stop PLC operation Depends upon the configuration of the fieldbus and the fieldbus master Error Reporting When errors occur in an ATV61 drive they can be reported in a variety of ways If the Advantys configuration software is online errors will be reported in the Log Window and in the Diagnostics tab of the Module Editor Errors may also be reported in the island data process image in e the drive s Status Word e the NIM s diagnostic data Depending on the nature of the error the ATV61 drive may not automatically notify the NIM of the error free status even after all sources of
239. output register pin 2 outputs 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 J6 5 3 2 10 not used state of actuator 16 or not used state of actuator 15 or not used state of actuator14 ornot used L state of actuator 9 ornot used _ state of actuator 10 ornot used State of actuator 11 or not used state of actuator 12 or not used _ state of actuator 13 or not used 76 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Section 2 7 Advantys FTB 1CN16CM0 Splitter Box Overview When you select an Advantys FTB 1CN16CMO device from the STB Catalog Browser in the Advantys configuration software you select a multi channel I O splitter box By default this box supports 8 sensor inputs with integrated diagnostics You may reconfigure any or all of the 8 default sensor inputs as actuator outputs and you may reconfigure any or all of the 8 default diagnostic inputs as sensor inputs or actuator outputs Overall this box supports up to 16 sensor inputs and actuator outputs in any combination What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Advantys FTB 1CN16CM0 Splitter Box Overview 78 Advantys FTB 1CN16CMO Functional Description 79 Advantys FTB 1CN16CMO Process Image 83 31006709 7 2013 77 FTB IP67 Devices Advantys FTB 1CN16CMO Splitter Box Overview Settin
240. ptionally you may use the Advantys configuration software to reassign pin 2 on any or all of the sockets to support a sensor input or an actuator output When pin 2 on a socket is configured for I O the input or output on pin 4 of that socket does not report diagnostics The second input process image register reports pin 2 data as follows second input register pin 2 inputs 15 haha h2 haholo ls 7 e gt ol D Ww 2 1140 not used I O 8 diagnostic or state of I O 16 I O 7 diagnostic or_ state of I O 15 I O 6 diagnostic or L I O 1 diagnostic or state of I O 9 I O 2 diagnostic or state of I O 10 I O 3 diagnostic or state of I O 11 state of O 14 i O 4 diagnostic or I O 5 diagnostic or__ state of I O 13 state of I O 12 When pin 2 on any channel is configured for diagnostics its associated bit value in the first input register is interpreted as follows 72 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices e A value of 1 indicates that there is no signal at pin 2 the associated red LED turns on e A value of 0 indicates that there is a signal at pin 2 the associated LED is off The third input register reports common diagnostics regardless of how the channels are configured A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected problem third input register common diagnostics 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
241. r A specialized DC motor that allows discrete positioning without feedback subnet A part of a network that shares a network address with the other parts of a network A subnet may be physically and or logically independent of the rest of the network A part of an internet address called a subnet number which is ignored in IP routing distinguishes the subnet surge suppression The process of absorbing and clipping voltage transients on an incoming AC line or control circuit Metal oxide varistors and specially designed RC networks are frequently used as surge suppression mechanisms 316 31006709 7 2013 Glossary T TC thermocouple A TC device is a bimetallic temperature transducer that provides a temperature value by measuring the voltage differential caused by joining together two different metals at different temperatures TCP transmission control protocol A connection oriented transport layer protocol that provides full duplex data transmission TCP is part of the TCP IP suite of protocols telegram A data packet used in serial communication TFE transparent factory Ethernet Schneider Electric s open automation framework based on TCP IP Tx transmission For example in a CAN based network a PDO is described as a TxPDO of the device that transmits it U UDP user datagram protocol A connectionless mode protocol in which messages are delivered in a datagram to a destination computer The UDP protocol is typically bundled wi
242. r Control Devices Section 12 4 CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L Overview This section describes the CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L variant of a TeSys U motor control device What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Configuring the CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L Starter Controller 217 CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L Data Process Image 221 216 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Configuring the CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L Starter Controller Introduction The CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L is the TeSys U Starter Controller with Mu function Control Unit operating in Local Mode variant of the TeSys U series of motor control devices You can use this variant when you need a starter or a starter controller up to 15kW for a 3 phase motor class 10 0 12 or 0 32A rating with a multi function control unit that protects against overloads short circuits phase imbalance insulation breaks and offers a manual or automatic reset NOTE In an installation containing TeSys U starter controllers and TeSys U controllers motor management is identical from the point of view of the fieldbus master Makeup of the CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L The makeup of the CANopen TeSys U Sc Mu L device as discussed in this section can be assembled with any one of the following combinations of power base and advanced control unit Select one of the following power bases LUB12 LUS12 up to 12A non reversing L
243. r of the following power bases e LUTM10BL e LUTM 20BL The LULC08 CANopen communication module completes the configuration 31006709 7 2013 243 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Typical Arrangement of a TeSys U C Mu L Motor Coniroller A typical arrangement of a TeSys U C Mu L is shown in the below figure FAR short circuit protection device current transformer contactor motor arhond When it is used with a short circuit device and a contactor as shown above the TeSys U C Mu L controller creates a motor starter that provides e overload protection e motor starter control e application monitoring Above 32 A the TeSys U C Mu L controller provides a motor starter management solution identical to that provided by TeSys U controllers described in Sections 10 2 through 10 5 244 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices The Multifunction Control Unit The LUCMT1BL Multifunction Control Unit controls protects and monitors the LUTM bases see page 243 and performs the following functions Protection against overcurrent against thermal overloads with choice of trip classes from 5 to 30 against ground faults against phase imbalances against mechanical jams during or after the start up phase against idling against tripping of the starter via an external signal as an option Warning The LUCMT Multifunction Control Unit includes a warning associated with each of the above li
244. r options and higher levels of agency approval 312 31006709 7 2013 Glossary process image A part of the NIM firmware that serves as a real time data area for the data exchange process The process image includes an input buffer that contains current data and status information from the Island bus and an output buffer that contains the current outputs for the Island bus from the fieldbus master producer consumer model In networks that observe the producer consumer model data packets are identified according to their data content rather than by their node address All nodes isten on the network and consume those data packets that have appropriate identifiers Profibus DP Profibus Decentralized Peripheral An open bus system that uses an electrical network based on a shielded 2 wire line or an optical network based on a fiber optic cable DP transmission allows for high speed cyclic exchange of data between the controller CPU and the distributed I O devices Q QoS quality of service The practice of assigning different priorities to traffic types for the purpose of regulating data flow on the network In an Industrial network QoS can help provide a predictable level of network performance R reflex action A simple logical command function configured locally on an Island bus I O module Reflex actions are executed by Island bus modules on data from various Island locations like input and output modules or the NIM Exa
245. r sensor is always read If you configure a channel s bit value to 1 any input that might be received on that channel is ignored The filter constant may also be used to disable enable channels that are configured for diagnostics 50 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Output Error Modes When communications are lost between the splitter box and the fieldbus master the box s output channels go to a predefined state known as the error value output You may configure the error value output for each channel individually An error value output is accomplished in 2 steps e first by configuring the error or fallback mode for each channel e then if necessary by configuring the error value or fallback state for the channel All output channels have an error mode either predefined state or hold last value When a channel has predefined state as its error mode it may be configured with an error value which can be any value in the valid range When a channel has hold last value as its error mode the channel will always remain in its last known state if communication is lost It cannot be configured with a predefined error value Output error modes are configured at the channel level By default the value for each channel is 1 indicating a predefined state on each channel If you set a channel s output error mode value to 0 the output error mode becomes hold last value Output Error Values When an output channel s output error
246. r supply for the 8 channels A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected short circuit on the associated channel third input register sensor power short circuit 15 14 13 12 11 ho 9 8 7 6 54 3 210 L_ sensor 1 short circuit not used L sensor 2 short circuit sensor 8 short circuit ab sensor 3 short circuit sensor 7 short circuit ts sensor 4 short circuit sensor 6 short circuit sensor 5 short circuit The fourth input register reports actuator short circuit status regardless of how the channels are configured A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected short circuit on an output fourth input register actuator short circuit 15 ha ha h2 14 ho 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 L_ actuator 1 short circuit not used L actuator 2 short circuit actuator 8 short circuit actuator 3 short circuit actuator 7 short circuit ae actuator 4 short circuit actuator 6 short circuit actuator 5 short circuit J The fifth input register reports actuator warnings regardless of how the channels are configured A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected warning condition on an output fifth input register actuator wamings a5 14 13 he 11 10 9 ls 7 e 5 4 Je 110 2
247. r two rotary switches The left switch represents the tens x10 position and the right switch represents the ones x1 position Therefore the switches in the figure represent a node ID of 26 The configured node ID must match the one set for the module in the Advantys configuration software Set the termination resistor with the DIP switch Rt in accordance with the encoder s physical position on the island bus e on The encoder is the last device on the STB island e off The encoder is in any other position on the STB island To ensure reliable operation the island bus must be terminated using a termination resistor at the last device The terminating resistor in the encoder is only required when it is the last device on the island bus 31006709 7 2013 99 XCC 351xxS84CB Functional Description of the XCC 351xxS84CB Encoder Overview Open the XCC 351xxS84CB encoder in the Module Editor of the Advantys configuration software Alx ax General Parameters 10 Image g Options JV Hexadecimal Data Item Name Configured Value User Defined Label Code Sequence Cyclic Timer Disabled Module Help OK Cancel Configure object dictionary entries On the encoder s Parameters tab you can configure e Code Sequence e Cyclic Timer Code Sequence By default the clockwise shaft rotation results in increased position value By configuring the Code Sequence parameter
248. rcuit status on pin 4 of each socket When pin 4 of a socket is configured to support an input the associated bit in this register is not used A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected short circuit on the associated actuator output fifth input register pin 4 actuator short circuit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 not used actuator 8 short circuit or not used actuator 7 short circuit ornot used actuator 6 short circuit or not used L actuator 1 short circuit or not used __ actuator 2 short circuit or not used actuator 3 short circuit or not used actuator 4 short circuit ornot used actuator 5 short circuit or not used 31006709 7 2013 55 FTB IP67 Devices The sixth input register reports actuator warnings on pin 4 of each socket When pin 4 of a socket is configured to support an input the associated bit in this register is not used A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected warning condition on the associated actuator output sixth input register pin 4 wamings 3 2 1 0 hs 14 ha fi2 11 fro 9 8 7 e 5 not used actuator 8 waming or not used actuator 7 waming __ or not used actuator 6 warning _ or not used Output Registers L_ actuator 1 waming or not
249. rds or to call attention to information that clarifies or simplifies a procedure The addition of this symbol to a Danger safety label indicates that an electrical hazard exists which will result in personal injury if the instructions are not followed hazards Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death A DANGER DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury i This is the safety alert symbol It is used to alert you to potential personal injury A WARNING WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in death or serious injury A CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in minor or moderate injury NOTICE NOTICE is used to address practices not related to physical injury 31006709 7 2013 7 PLEASE NOTE Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of electrical equipment and its installation and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved 31006709 7 2013 About the Book Z At a G
250. red e Inthe rare event that the above procedure does not clear errors issue a Reset command from the Advantys configuration software in online mode e lf the above steps do not clear all errors in both the ATV32 drive and the island the root cause of the problem that resulted in ATV32 error s may not have been resolved In this case check both the physical setup and drive configuration to ensure that all elements of the system are set up correctly 138 31006709 7 2013 ATV32 ATV32 Process Image Introduction This topic discusses the input and output data process image for the ATV32 drive NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus Input Data Data from each input module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 The ATV32 drive sends a representation of the operating state of the drive and the attached motor to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in two contiguous 16 bit registers The specific positions of the registers in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island
251. rements Prior to using the Advantys STB Software ACS to configure the TeSys U Sc Mu L on an STB island you need to set the baud rate node ID address and assemble the starter controller components see page 194 218 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Connecting to the STB Island The TeSys U Sc Mu L motor starter controller requires an STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module and STB XMP 1100 termination plate to be installed in the last two slots on the STB island that is to communicate with the starter controller You use a CANopen extension cable to connect the TeSys U Sc Mu L Starter Controller to the extension module An example of this type of setup is shown in the following figure PDT 3100 DDI 3230 ea BA ma CANopen TeSys U C Mu L Network Interface Module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied TeSys U Sc Mu L starter controller display window and keypad OORUN NOTE You can use any standard Advantys STB NIM see page 193 to control the TeSys U starter controller 31006709 7 2013 219 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Configuring the STB Island Next you need to use the Advantys Configuration Software ACS to logically setup the TeSys U Sc Mu L and the Advantys STB island Step Action 1 Start the ACS software Note Th
252. rent source standard I O Any of a subset of Advantys STB input output modules designed at a moderate cost to operate with user configurable parameters A standard I O module may be reconfigured with the Advantys Configuration Software and in most cases may be used in reflex actions standard network interface An Advantys STB network interface module designed at moderate cost to support the configuration capabilities multi segment design and throughput capacity suitable for most standard applications on the Island bus An Island run by a standard NIM can support up to 32 addressable Advantys STB and or preferred I O modules up to 12 of which may be standard CANopen devices standard power distribution module An Advantys STB module that distributes sensor power to the input modules and actuator power to the output modules over two separate power buses on the Island The bus provides a maximum of 4 A to the input modules and 8 A to the output modules A standard PDM requires a 5 A fuse for the input modules and an 8 A fuse for the outputs STD_P standard profile On a Fipio network a standard profile is a fixed set of configuration and operating parameters for an agent device based on the number of modules that the device contains and the device s total data length There are 3 types of standard profiles Fipio reduced device profile FRD_P Fipio standard device profile FSD_P and the Fipio extended device profile FED_P stepper moto
253. ress on the island bus The input data process image can be read by using the following methods e The fieldbus master e An HMI panel connected to the NMI s CFG port e The Advantys configuration software in online mode Input Process Image Register 1 Diagnostic Data first 8 outputs Short Circuit of Valve or Digital Output Not Used Load Supply Voltage Uoi Low Load Supply Voltage Ugo Overload at the Sensor Input No Load Supply Voltage Ug No Load Supply Voltage Uae 170 31006709 7 2013 Bosch CANopen Module Output Data Data sent to each output module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s output data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 to 44096 The RMV04 CO uses three contiguous registers refer to the following figures and tables in the output process image The specific positions of the registers in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus The output data block in the NIM can be written using the following methods e the fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port if the island in Persistent or Password Test mode e the Avantys configuration software in online mode if the island is in test mode Ouput Process Images Register 1 Output Data first 8 outputs L Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Output 4 Not used Output 8 Output 7 Output 6 Output 5 Register 2 Output Data last
254. riety of ways If the Advantys configuration software is online errors will be reported in the Log Window and in the Diagnostics tab of the Module Editor Errors may also be reported in the island data process image in e the drive s Status Word e the NIM s diagnostic data Depending on the nature of the error the ATV71 drive may not automatically notify the NIM of the error free status even after all sources of the error have been cleared In this case you may need to perform one or more of the following actions to clear the error displayed in the Advantys configuration software or the island data process image including the NIM s diagnostic data e Ifthe island is running and bit 3 Fault bit in the ATV71 Status Word is set write 0x0080 to the Control Word in the NIM s output data process image If the Status Word changes to Ox 40 or Ox 50 and no errors are indicated in the NIM s diagnostic data the error condition has been cleared e Inthe rare event that the above procedure does not clear errors issue a Reset command from the Advantys configuration software in online mode e Ifthe above steps do not clear all errors in both the ATV71 drive and the island the root cause of the problem that resulted in ATV71 error s may not have been resolved In this case check both the physical setup and drive configuration to ensure that all elements of the system are set up correctly 31006709 7 2013 161 ATV71 ATV71 Process
255. rmation on setting up these parameters Assign labels for each of the parameters in the User Defined Label column optional action Note There are no options to configure with this device Click on OK to save the parameter settings and return to the main menu Build and download the island configuration to the NIM 31006709 7 2013 211 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices The LULC08 communication module connects to the CANopen bus through the XBE2100 module on your Advantys STB island The baud rate must be set to 500Kbaud and the node ID set to the address you configured for the starter controller in the ACS A variety of available Schneider Electric documents see page 193 contain detailed descriptions of TeSys U components wiring LED patterns functionality and set up procedures 212 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices CANopen TeSys U Sc Ad Data Process Image Introduction The output and input data process images for the TeSys U Sc Ad starter controller are described below NOTE The following data format is particular to the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus For more information about each
256. rns its actuator on when the master controller sends it a 1 If the polarity is reverse an output channel turns its actuator on when the master controller sends it a 0 output response time The time it takes for an output module to take an output signal from the Island bus and send it to its field actuator P parameterize To supply the required value for an attribute of a device at run time 31006709 7 2013 311 Glossary PDM power distribution module A module that distributes either AC or DC field power to a cluster of I O modules directly to its right on the Island bus A PDM delivers field power to the input modules and the output modules It is important that all the I O installed directly to the right of a PDM be in the same voltage group either 24 VDC 115 VAC or 230 VAC PDO process data object In CAN based networks PDOs are transmitted as unconfirmed broadcast messages or sent from a producer device to a consumer device The transmit PDO from the producer device has a specific identifier that corresponds to the receive PDO of the consumer devices PE protective ground A return line across the bus to keep improper currents generated at a sensor or actuator device out of the control system peer to peer communications In peer to peer communications there is no master slave or client server relationship Messages are exchanged between entities of comparable or equivalent levels of functionality without having to
257. rocess image vary based on the module s node address on the island bus The input data process image can be read by e the Fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIMs CFG port e the Advantys Configuration Software in the online mode For more information about each data word in the process image consult the TeSys U Communications Variables User Manual 1744802 Representations of input data image are shown below Input Process Image Word 1 Status Register 455 15 MA 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Start in progress Ji Ready Not used Fole status Avg motor current bit 5 All faults Avg motor current bit 4 All warnings Avg motor current bit 3 Tripped Avg motor current bit 2 I Fault reset authorized Avg motor current bit 1 Not used Avg motor current bit 0 Motor running Word 2 ModuleStatus Register 458 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 11 0 Not used L om status LI2 status _ OA3 status LI1 status LO1 status Not used Word 3 warning register 461 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Module Palle sepa Warning Not used Thermal warnings Word 4 PKW Request Object PKW Service Word 5 PKW Request Data PKW Service 31006709 7 2013 215 CANopen TeSys U Moto
258. rror value on all channels is 0 31006709 7 2013 15 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal Festo CPV CO2 No Inputs Process Image Output Data The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The Festo CPV CO2 No Inputs uses 4 registers in the output process image The output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data returned by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The Festo CPV CO2 No Inputs uses 4 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific position in the process image is based on the module s node address on the island bus The fieldbus master always sends 4 registers of output data to the Advantys STB NIM for the Festo CPV CO2 No Inputs valve When the CPV Direct connection is configured to operate without extensions it uses only the first 2 registers When the CPV Direct connection is extended with a CP output module or valve terminal it uses all 4 registers NOTE The following data format is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer t
259. s see page 133 A WARNING UNINTENDED CONFIGURATION AND OPERATION OF THE DRIVE When restoring drive parameters to the factory settings use either the ATV32 drive s display terminal or SoMove to verify the validity of the parameters below Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage Before physically connecting the ATV32 drive to the Advantys STB island use either the drive s display terminal or SoMove to restore the drive parameters to the factory settings If you do not do this the drive retains any previously configured parameter values instead of factory settings Skip this step only if you intend to retain the previously configured parameter values 134 31006709 7 2013 ATV32 The steps described below concern only the graphic display terminal If you wish to use the integrated display terminal or SoMove to perform this task consult the ATV32 reference manuals see page 130 Step Action Comment 1 Apply to the control card of the ATV32 drive The ATV32 powers on Press ENT to access MAIN MENU The MAIN MENU appears Select 1 DRIVE MENU and press ENT The DRIVE MENU appears Select 1 3 CONFIGURATION and press ENT The CONFIGURATION menu appears 2 3 4 5 Select FACTORY SETTINGS and press ENT You can restore selected parameters to their factory settings Select PARAMETER GROUP LIST and pre
260. s U Sc Mu R and the Advantys STB island Step Action 1 Start the ACS software Note There are no parameters and no options to configure for this device from within the ACS 2 Begin to configure the STB island shown in the above figure by dragging the modules from the hardware catalog on the right hand side of the screen 3 Select a TeSys U Sc Mu R starter controller from the Enhanced CANopen section of the hardware catalog browser 4 An image of the starter controller connected to the STB XBE CANopen extension module appears on the screen as shown in the above figure Click on OK to save the configuration and return to the main menu Build and download the island configuration to the NIM The LULC08 communication module connects to the CANopen bus through the XBE2100 module on your Advantys STB island The baud rate must be set to 500Kbaud and the node ID set to the address you configured for the starter controller in the ACS Configuring the TeSys U Sc Mu R Parameters Next use the built in display window keypad on the front panel of the starter controller see figure above or a PC with the PowerSuite software to configure parameters within the TeSys U Sc Mu R Remote mode is the Multi function Control Unit s default mode of operation NOTE You must use PowerSuite or the built in display to set the mode to Local It is not possible to set parameters through the ACS Refer to the Power Suite
261. s an 2 800 operating baud rate of 500 kbps Therefore only a set value of 3 is appropriate 3 500 4 250 5 125 6 100 7 50 Use switches S1 7 S1 9 to set the baud rate The values for the switches are in the table S1 7 S1 8 1 9 20 21 22 LSB MSB 1 2 4 To set the appropriate baud rate of 500 kbps you need a set value of 3 1 2 e S1 7 ON e S1 8 ON e S1 9 OFF 108 31006709 7 2013 BTL5 H1 Functional Description of the BTL5 H1 Encoder Overview Open the BTL5 H1 encoder in the Module Editor of the Advantys configuration software General Parameters 10 Image s Options V Hexadecimal Data Item Name El Measuring Step Settings Position Step Setting 0 001 um 00001388 Speed Step Setting 0 01 mm s 0000000A Cyclic Timer Disabled Configured Value User Defined Label Module Help OK Cancel y Configure object dictionary entries On the encoder s Parameters tab you can configure e Measuring Step Settings e Position Step Setting e Speed Step Setting e Cyclic Timer Position Step Setting By default each 1 bit change in the Position Value in the process image represents a 5 um position change That is each 5 um change in magnet position results in a change of 1 count in the Position Value You can modify the resolution so that each 1 bit change represents a different physical step The range of this user configurab
262. s in the drive to the factory settings A WARNING UNINTENDED CONFIGURATION AND OPERATION OF THE DRIVE When restoring drive parameters back to factory settings use either the ATV31x drive s display and buttons or PowerSuite to verify the correctness of the parameters below Some parameters do not revert back to their factory settings Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage Before physically connecting the ATV31x drive to the Advantys STB island use either the drive s display and buttons or PowerSuite to restore the drive parameters to the factory settings If you do not perform this step the drive will retain any previously configured parameter values instead of the factory settings Skip this step if you intend to retain the previously configured parameter values Menu settings described below may differ depending on the model of ATV31x and the settings of certain parameters Consult the ATV31 programming manual VVDED303042 or ATV312 programming manual BBV46385 for the complete setup procedure Step Action Result 3 1 Turn on power to the ATV31xdrive ATV31x powers on 3 2 Press ENT to access the parameters menu ATV31x enters the parameters settings menu 3 3 Scroll using up and down buttons until the display shows drC Then press ENT to access the menu ATV31x enters the motor control menu 3 4 Scroll u
263. sed _ state of actuator 13 or not used 88 31006709 7 2013 Chapter 3 Parker Moduflex Valve System CANopen Module P2M2HBVC11600 Overview This chapter describes the Parker Moduflex Valve System CANopen module P2M2HBVC1 1600 What Is in This Chapter This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page Parker Moduflex P2M2HBVC11600 Overview 90 Parker Moduflex P2M2HBVC11600 Configuration 92 Parker Moduflex P2M2HBVC11600 Process Image 93 31006709 7 2013 89 Parker CANopen Module P2M2HBVC11600 Parker Moduflex P2M2HBVC11600 Overview Overview Parker Moduflex Valve System provides flexible pneumatic automation Depending on application you can assemble short or long islands up to 16 outputs IP 65 67 water and dust protection allows the valve to be installed near the cylinders for shorter response time and lower air consumption The Parker Moduflex Valve System CANopen module P2M2HBVC11600 can be used as an enhanced CANopen device in an Advantys STB island configuration This implementation uses the CANopen connection of the P2M2HBVC11600 to communicate across the Advantys STB island allowing the module to become a node on the Advantys STB island Use any standard Advantys STB NIM to control the P2M2HBVC11600 The module will operate on any open fieldbus supported by Advantys STB The firmware version of the P2EM2HBVC11600 must be V 1 4 or later References For detailed des
264. see page 125 Overview of Drive Configuration You can configure the ATV31x drive using 1 or more of the following methods e the display and buttons on the ATV31x drive e PowerSuite drive configuration software version 2 0 0 or later You must configure the following 2 parameters e AdCO CANopen node address Set this parameter to the same value configured in the Advantys Configuration Software for this device e bdCO baud rate Set this parameter value to 500 kbps When configuring advanced ATV31x drive features you may wish to use PowerSuite an ATV31x drive configuration tool that provides many helpful features that help expedite the configuration process 118 31006709 7 2013 ATV31 and ATV312 ATV31 and ATV312 Configuration and Operation Overview 4A WARNING UNINTENDED CONFIGURATION AND OPERATION OF THE DRIVE Before physically connecting the ATV31x drive to the Advantys STB island use either the drive s display and buttons or PowerSuite to verify that all drive parameters are set to their intended settings Parameters in the ATV31x drive may have been set to values different than the factory settings Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage This section describes e required steps for configuring the ATV31x drive for operation in the Advantys STB system e features supported by the ATV31x drive e limitations on the ATV31x drive Config
265. set the associated bit in the nout Output at Pin 2 parameter to 0 0 is the default setting for this parameter on all channels If you set a value of 1 to that bit pin 4 on that channel is configured as an output 80 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Input Filter Constant By default the Input Filter Constant is set to a value of 0 on each channel indicating that the input from a particular sensor is always read If you configure a channel s bit value to 1 any input that might be received on that channel is ignored The filter constant may also be used to disable enable channels that are configured for diagnostics Output Error Modes When communications are lost between the splitter box and the fieldbus master the box s output channels go to a predefined state known as the error value output You may configure the error value output for each channel individually An error value output is accomplished in 2 steps e first by configuring the error or fallback mode for each channel e then if necessary by configuring the error value or fallback state for the channel All output channels have an error mode either predefined state or hold last value When a channel has predefined state as its error mode it may be configured with an error value which can be any value in the valid range When a channel has hold last value as its error mode the channel will always remain in its last known state if communication is lost It c
266. sing up and down buttons until the display shows FCS Then press ENT to access the parameter FCS parameter is used to return to factory settings restore configuration 3 5 Scroll using up and down buttons until the display shows Inl Then press ENT for approximately two seconds The display should blink once and then show No when the function has been completed Inl entry is used to make the drive configuration identical to the factory settings 3 6 Press Esc three times to exit the configuration mode ATV31x exits the parameter settings menu 120 31006709 7 2013 ATV31 and ATV312 Note that the following parameters do not revert back to the factory settings even after performing the above procedure Add AdCO BdCO bFr COd LCC tbr tFO ttO Step 4 Expanded Step 4 Set CANopen baud rate and node address After restoring the factory settings use either the ATV31x drive s display and buttons or PowerSuite to set the drive s baud rate transmission speed and node address ID on the Advantys STB island bus Incorrectly configured baud rate and or node address may result in an error condition which requires power cycling of the island You must power cycle the drive for the newly configured baud rate and node address parameter values of the drive to take effect Step Action Result 4 1 Turn on power to the ATV31x drive ATV31x powers on 4 2 Press ENT
267. sixth input register reports actuator short circuit status on pin 2 of each socket When pin 2 of a socket is configured to support an input or a diagnostic the associated bit in this register is not used A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected short circuit on the associated actuator output sixth input register pin 2 actuator short circuit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 3 j2 1 O0 not used actuator 16 short circuit or not used actuator 15 short circuit or not used actuator 14 short circuit or not used L actuator 9 short circuit or not used actuator 10 short circuit ornot used actuator 11 short circuit ornot used actuator 12 short circuit or not used L_ actuator 13 short circuit or not used 86 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices The seventh input register reports actuator warnings on pin 4 of each socket When pin 4 of a socket is configured to support an input the associated bit in this register is not used A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected warning condition on the associated actuator output seventh input register pin 4 wamings ns 14 ha he fho 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 L actuator 1 waming or not used not used actuator 8 waming _ or not used actuator 7 waming _
268. sland bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus Input Diagnostic Registers The FTB 1CN16EM0 provides 8 sensor inputs with integrated diagnostics Each of the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box supports an input via pin 4 and its associated diagnostic via pin 2 Optionally you may use the Advantys configuration software to reassign pin 2 on any or all of the sockets to support an additional sensor input Pin 4 data is reported in the first of the 4 input process image registers used by the FTB 1CN16EM6O splitter box first register pin 4 inputs 15 14 ha h2 11 ho o 8 Izle ls l4 l3 2 1 Jo not used L state of sensor 1 state of sensor 8 state of sensor 2 state of sensor 7 state of sensor 3 state of sensor 6 state of sensor 4 state of sensor 5 36 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices By default pin 2 on each socket is configured to report diagnostics for the associated sensor input You may configure the settings on any of the channels so that pin 2 supports an input by changing the Input Diagnostic parameter see page
269. sor 1 not used actuator 8 diagnostic or state of sensor 8 actuator 2 diagnostic or state of sensor 2 actuator 7 diagnostic or state of sensor 7 actuator 3 diagnostic or state of sensor 3 actuator 6 diagnostic or actuator 4 diagnostic or state of sensor 6 state of sensor 4 actuator 5 diagnostic or state of sensor 5 When pin 2 on any channel is configured for diagnostics its associated bit value in the first input register is interpreted as follows e A value of 1 indicates that there is no signal at pin 2 the associated red LED turns on e A value of 0 indicates that there is a signal at pin 2 the associated LED is off The second input register reports common diagnostics regardless of how the channels are configured A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected problem second input register common diagnostics 15 14 13 12 ha 10 9 8 7 6 54 3 2 10 L sensor under voltage not used L no sensor power loss of signal at diagnostic input actuator short circuit actuator waming actuator under voltage no actuator power sensor short circuit 44 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices The third input register reports the detection of a short circuit on the sensor powe
270. sponse Object PKW Service Word 7 amp 8 PKW Response Data PKW Service 31006709 7 2013 285 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Section 13 4 CANopen TeSys T R Overview This section describes the CANopen TeSys T R variant of a TeSys T Motor Management Controller device What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Configuring the CANopen TeSys T R 287 CANopen TeSys T R Data Process Image 290 286 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Configuring the CANopen TeSys T R Introduction The CANopen TeSys T R is the TeSys T MMC without an expansion module operating in the Remote mode It is the TeSys T R variant of the TeSys T series of MMC devices Select one of the following MMC types e LTMR C where 08 or 27 or 100 and FM or BD Preliminary Setup Requirements Prior to using the Advantys STB Software ACS to configure the TeSys T R on an STB island you need to set the baud rate and node ID address as well as all warning and fault parameter levels You do this with the PowerSuite configuration software Refer to the PowerSuite Instruction Sheet 1494182 NOTE The set up for performing the baud rate and the node ID procedures are defined in the TeSys T User Manual 1639503 NOTE Remote configuration mode is the default mode of operation You must use PowerSuite to set the mode to Local It is not possible to set any par
271. ss ENT Different groups of parameters can be restored to the factory settings Select the group of parameters to set to the factory default values and press ENT A check mark is placed next to the selection Press ESC once to return to FACTORY SETTINGS menu Select Goto FACTORY SETTINGS and press ENT Read the warning message 10 Press ENT to restore factory settings of the parameters you selected The selected parameter group is restored to its factory settings 11 Press ESC three times to exit the configuration mode ATV32 exits the configuration mode Setting the Baud Rate and Node ID Follow these steps to set the baud rate and node ID as described in the configuration instructions see page 133 After restoring the factory settings use either the drive s display terminal or SoMove to set the drive s baud rate and node address ID on the Advantys STB island bus An incorrectly configured baud rate or node address can result in an error condition that requires you to power cycle the island The drive s newly configured baud rate and node address parameter values take effect only after you cycle the power to the drive Set the baud rate and node ID Step Action Comment 1 Apply power to the control card of the ATV32 drive The ATV32 powers on Press ENT to access MAIN MENU The MAIN MENU appears Select 1 DRIVE MENU and press ENT The A
272. st its programmed time period it reports a time out 318 31006709 7 2013 Index 0 9 1CNO8E08CMO 47 1CNO8E08SP0 39 1C0N12E04SP0 58 1CN16CMO 78 1CN16CPO0 66 1CN16EMO 33 1CN16EP0 27 A Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08CMO0 47 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 39 Advantys FTB 1CN12E04SP0 58 Advantys FTB 1CN16CMO 78 Advantys FTB 1CN16CP0 66 Advantys FTB 1CN16EMO 33 Advantys FTB 1CN16EP0 27 Altivar ATV32 drive 129 ATV61 drive 147 ATV71 drive 153 Altivar 31 176 Altivar 312 116 Altivar 31x 116 ATV31 116 ATV312 116 ATV31x 116 ATV32 process image 139 configuration 132 133 connection 131 data exchange 132 fallback behavior 137 overview 130 ATV61 process image 150 configuration 144 145 connection 143 data exchange 144 fallback behavior 149 overview 142 ATV71 process image 162 configuration 156 157 connection 155 data exchange 156 fallback behavior 160 overview 154 Balluff BTL5 H1 connection 105 overview 104 resume operations 106 Balluff BTL5CAN encoder 703 BTL5 H1 configuration 107 functionality 709 process image 172 C CANopen Te Sys U Sc Ad data process image 213 CANopen TeSys T L configuring 271 data process image 274 CANopen TeSys T L w expansion module configuring 279 data process image 282 CANopen TeSys T R configuring 287 data process image 290 31006709 7 2013 319 Index CANopen TeSys T R w expansion module configuring
273. status 1 e PKW response object for PKW service 2 words e PKW response data for PKW service 2 words NOTE The process images are the same for STB islands containing TeSys T MMCs with or without an expansion module In order to receive input data from the expansion module PKW objects must be used For details on PKW objects refer to the Advantys Configuration Software Help files 298 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Output Data Process Image The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software when online and in the Test mode The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The CANopen TeSys T R with expansion module uses 7 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific positions in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus Representations of the output and data process image are shown below Output Process Image Word 1 Control of the System 704 Sma 6 5 AY 3 By jo Not used __ Run forward Run reverse Not used Fault reset command L Not used
274. sted protection functions The warning level can be configured and is independent from the protection trip level Diagnostic Records and displays e number of operating hours for the motor e number of starts e number of trips e cause of each trip For the last five trips the multifunction control unit records the status of the motor starter at the time of the trip value of currents thermal status and trip type When it is used with a short circuit device and a contactor as shown above the TeSys U C Mu L controller creates a motor starter that provides e overload protection e motor starter control e application monitoring Conditions of Use Irrespective of the nominal current value of the motor it is supposed to control the TeSys U C Mu L controller is always used with an external current transformer whose e Secondary is at 1A nominal e Primary is selected according to the motor s nominal current NOTE In an installation containing TeSys U starter controllers and TeSys U controllers motor management is identical from the point of view of the PLC 31006709 7 2013 245 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Preliminary Setup Requirements Prior to using the Advantys STB Software ACS to configure the TeSys U C Mu L onan STB island you need to set the baud rate node ID address and assemble the controller components see page 194 Connecting to the STB Island The TeSys U C Mu L motor controller requir
275. t Used Fault reset Not used L Launch auto thermal Overload fault test Word 2 Control of the Communication Module 703 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Pee ese oe ie a Not used Reset warning Word 3 Output Control 700 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not used Control of output LO1 it 685 2 Control of outptOA1 if 686 LSB 2 Word 4 amp 5 PKW Request Object PKW Service Control of outputOA3 if 686 MSB 2 Word 6 amp 7 PKW Request Data PKW Service 222 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Input Data Process Image Data from each input module on the island bus is represented in the NIM s input data process image a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 to 49487 The TeSys U Mu L device reports the position starter status information in 8 contiguous registers in this block The exact registers in the process image vary based on the module s node address on the island bus The input data process image can be read by e the Fieldbus master e an HMI panel connected to the NIMs CFG port e the Advantys Configuration Software in the online mode Representations of the input data image are shown below Input Process Image Word 1 Status Register 455 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
276. t control of Boolean Outputs PKW request object for PKW service 2 words PKW request data for PKW service 2 words 2 The MMC then sends 8 words input data process image to the fieldbus master Status Register 1 that is ready tripped Status Register 2 that is HMI port comm loss logic input status that is Input status 1 logic output status that is Output status 1 PKW response object for PKW service 2 words e e e e e e PKW response data for PKW service 2 words NOTE The process images are the same for STB islands containing TeSys T MMCs with or without an expansion module In order to receive input data from the expansion module PKW objects must be used For details on PKW objects refer to the Advantys Configuration Software Help files 290 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Output Data Process Image The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software when online and in the Test mode The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The CANopen TeSys T R MMC uses 7 contiguous registers in the output data block Their specific p
277. t for each actuator output and sensor input e define the error mode and error value i e the fallback mode and fallback state of each actuator output Input Diagnostic Parameter By default the Input Diagnostic parameter is set to a value of 1 on each channel i e on each of the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box A value of 1 indicates that pin 2 on a socket is reporting diagnostics for the associated sensor Optionally you may set the value of any of these channels to 0 which configures pin 2 for the associated channel to report the state of an input or an output an input by default but it can be changed to an output When the Input Diagnostic parameter for a channel is set to 0 the module does not report diagnostics for the associated actuator or sensor 31006709 7 2013 79 FTB IP67 Devices Socket Pin Default Setting Optional Configurable Setting 1 4 state of sensor 1 state of actuator 1 2 diagnostic for sensor 1 or actuator 1 state of sensor 9 or actuator 9 2 4 state of sensor 2 state of actuator 2 2 diagnostic for sensor 2 or actuator 2 state of sensor 10 or actuator 10 3 4 state of sensor 3 state of actuator 3 2 diagnostic for sensor 3 or actuator 3 state of sensor 11 or actuator 11 4 4 state of sensor 4 state of actuator 4 2 diagnostic for sensor 4 or actuator 4 state of sensor 12 or actuator 12
278. t module in addition to the CP input module it uses all 4 registers Input Data The Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs sends a representation of the operating state of its input channels to the island s NIM The NIM stores the information in two 16 bit registers This information can be read by the fieldbus master or an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 registers in the range 45392 to 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The module is represented by 2 contiguous registers in this block The specific registers used are determined by the module s node address on the island bus NOTE The following data format is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus 22 31006709 7 2013 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal Output Process Image 2 i L_CPV direct output 0 CPV direct output 1 CPV direct output 2 CPV direct output 3 L_GPV direct output 8 CPV direct output 9 CPV direct output 10 CPV direct output 11
279. ta The NIM keeps a record of any output data in 1 block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data returned by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The FTB 1CNO8E08CM0 uses 1 register in the output data block Its specific position in the process image is based on the module s node address on the island bus NOTE The following data format is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus 31006709 7 2013 53 FTB IP67 Devices Input Diagnostic Registers By default the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box support sensor inputs via pin 4 Pin 4 input data is reported in the first register used by the FTB 1CNO8E08CMO0O splitter box in the input process image You may configure pin 4 on any of the channels to support outputs In this case the state of the outputs is reported in the output process image and the associated bits in th
280. tage actuator short circuit no actuator power actuator waming sensor short circuit The fourth input register reports the detection of a short circuit on the sensor power supply for the 8 channels A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected short circuit on the associated channel fourth input register sensor power short circuit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 1 0 2 i L channel 1 short circuit not used channel 2 short circuit channel 8 short circuit channel 7 short circuit channel 6 short circuit channel 5 short circuit channel 3 short circuit L channel 4 short circuit 31006709 7 2013 37 FTB IP67 Devices Section 2 3 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 Splitter Box Overview When you select an Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 device from the STB Catalog Browser in the Advantys configuration software you select a multi channel splitter box By default this box supports 8 actuator outputs with integrated diagnostics You may reconfigure any or all of the 8 default diagnostic inputs as sensor inputs Overall this box supports a combination of 8 actuator outputs and up to 8 sensor inputs What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 Splitter Box Overview 39 Advantys FTB 1CNO8E08SP0 Functional Description 40
281. tandard Advantys STB NIM see page 193 to control the TeSys U starter controller 202 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Configuring the STB Island Next you need to use the Advantys Configuration Software ACS to logically setup the TeSys U Sc St and the Advantys STB island Step Action 1 Start the ACS software 2 Begin to configure the STB island shown in the above figure by dragging the modules from the hardware catalog on the right hand side of the screen 3 Select a TeSys U Sc St starter controller from the Enhanced CANopen section of the hardware catalog browser 4 Animage of the starter controller connected to the STB XBE CANopen extension module appears on the screen as shown in the above figure 5 Right click on the TeSys U Sc St module and select Module Editor to open its editor Al TeSys U Sc St 1 xx Segment 1 Slot 5 Node ID 2 17572 General Parameters 10 Image Dior Options B I Hexadecimal Data Item Name Configured Value User Defined Label Forced Stop t Inversion of Output Configurat Output LOT Configuration 685 Recovery Mode 688 E Output Configuration DAT Configuration 686 0 7 12 0A3 Configuration 686 8 15 _ 13 Pete Defot Vaes ModudeHep Cancel Configure object dictionary entries Note The values in the Configure Value column represent default values
282. tatus of the motor starter at the time of the trip value of currents thermal status and trip type Preliminary Setup Requirements Prior to using the Advantys STB Software ACS to configure the TeSys U Sc Mu R on an STB island you need to set the baud rate node ID address and assemble the starter controller components see page 194 31006709 7 2013 227 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Connecting to the STB Island The TeSys U Sc Mu R motor starter controller requires an STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module and STB XMP 1100 termination plate to be installed in the last two slots on the STB island that is to communicate with the starter controller You use a CANopen extension cable to connect the TeSys U Sc Ad Starter Controller to the extension module An example of this type of setup is shown in the following figure PDT 3100 BDO 3200 AVI 1270 XBE 2100 Network Interface Module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied TeSys U Sc Mu R starter controller display window and keypad ouRONnd NOTE You can use any standard Advantys STB NIM see page 193 to control the TeSys U starter controller 228 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices Configuring the STB Island Next you need to use the Advantys Configuration Software ACS to logically setup the TeSy
283. tenance and provide data to continuously improve the entire system The system can be configured and controlled using an HMI device a PC with PowerSuite configuration software or remotely over the network using a PLC Components such as external load current transformers and ground current transformers provide additional range to the system Main Components The two main hardware components of the TeSys T system are e LTMR controller e LTME expansion module The microprocessor based LMTR controller is the central component in the system and the expansion module provides additional functionality when it is installed with the controller LMTR Controller The microprocessor based LMTR controller manages the control protection and monitoring functions of single phase and 3 phase AC induction motors The LMTR control functions include e control channels local remote control source selection e operating modes e fault management The LMTR protection functions include e thermal motor protection e current motor protection e voltage and power motor protection The LMTR metering and monitoring functions include e measurement fault and warning counters system and device monitoring faults motor history e e e e system operating status 31006709 7 2013 265 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management The main features of the LTMR controller are described below LTM R controller Functional Description Reference Nu
284. tension output 10 extension output 13 extension output 11 extension output 12 NOTE When the CPV Direct connection is configured to operate without extensions only registers 1 and 2 are used 31006709 7 2013 17 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal Section 1 2 Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs Compact Performance Valve Overview When you select a CPV CO2 With Inputs module from the Advantys STB Catalog Browser you select a Festo CPV CO2 valve that may be configured with e asingle CPV Direct connection extended with 1 CP input module e aCPV Direct connection extended by 1 CP input module along with a CP output module or valve terminal What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs Valve Overview 19 Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs Functional Description 21 Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs Process Image 22 18 31006709 7 2013 Festo CPV CO2 Valve Terminal Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs Valve Overview Overview When you select a CPV CO2 With Inputs module from the Advantys STB Catalog Browser it appears in the Island Editor at the end of the island bus fers ere en re Hig p ie Foe Advantys STB primary segment NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate user supplied CANopen extension cable Festo CPV CO2 With Inputs module ou RhWON 31006709 7
285. ter You can attach up to 12 drives to each Advantys NIM if there is enough space in the NIM s data process image When used as part of an island configuration the ATV32 drive provides a fixed set of information for simple yet flexible drive control to and from the drive This information includes Control Word Speed Target Status Word Output Speed References For detailed descriptions of ATV32 drive wiring LED patterns display codes set up procedures and functionality refer to user documentation provided by Schneider Electric including Document Name Part Number Altivar 32 Variable Speed Drives for Synchronous and Asynchronous Motors Installation S1A28686 Manual Altivar 32 Programming Manual SCDOC1524 Altivar 32 CANopen Communication Manual S1A28699 NOTE Be sure to read understand and follow the safety messages in the ATV32 user manuals 130 31006709 7 2013 ATV32 Connection Using the Advantys configuration software select an ATV32 drive from the Enhanced CANopen section of the Catalog Browser The new device appears connected to the end of the island bus Ni mi vl P D P O network interface module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied ATV32 drive RON 31006709 7 2013 131 ATV32 ATV32 Functional Description Introduction This topic discusses the functiona
286. th the Internet Protocol UPD IP V varistor A 2 electrode semiconductor device with a voltage dependant nonlinear resistance that drops markedly as the applied voltage is increased It is used to suppress transient voltage surges voltage group A grouping of Advantys STB I O modules all with the same voltage requirement installed directly to the right of the appropriate power distribution module PDM and separated from modules with different voltage requirements Install modules with different voltage requirements in different voltage groups VPCR object virtual placeholder configuration read object A special object that appears in the CANopen object dictionary when the remote virtual placeholder option is enabled in a CANopen NIM It provides a 32 bit subindex that represents the actual module configuration used in a physical Island 31006709 7 2013 317 Glossary VPCW object virtual placeholder configuration write object A special object that appears in the CANopen object dictionary when the remote virtual placeholder option is enabled in a CANopen NIM It provides a 32 bit subindex where the fieldbus master can write a module reconfiguration After the fieldbus writes to the VPCW subindex it can issue a reconfiguration request to the NIM that begins the remote virtual placeholder operation W watchdog timer A timer that monitors a cyclical process and is cleared at the conclusion of each cycle If the watchdog runs pa
287. the Module Editor in the Advantys configuration software you may e configure pin 2 on each socket to report either I O diagnostics or the states of up to 8 additional sensor inputs or actuator outputs in any combination e configure pin 4 on each socket to report the states of up to 8 additional actuator outputs in any combination e seta filtering constant for each actuator output and sensor input e define the error mode and error value i e the fallback mode and fallback state of each actuator output Input Diagnostic Parameter By default the Input Diagnostic parameter is set to a value of 1 on each channel i e on each of the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box A value of 1 indicates that pin 2 on a socket is reporting diagnostics for the associated sensor Optionally you may set the value of any of these channels to 0 which configures pin 2 for the associated channel to report the state of an input or an output an input by default but it can be changed to an output When the Input Diagnostic parameter for a channel is set to 0 the module does not report diagnostics for the associated actuator or sensor 31006709 7 2013 67 FTB IP67 Devices Socket Pin Default Setting Optional Configurable Setting 1 4 state of sensor 1 state of actuator 1 2 diagnostic for sensor 1 or actuator 1 state of sens
288. the island bus and ignores the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is transferred to the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus For more information about each data word in the process image consult the TeSys U Communications Variables User Manual 1744802 Data Exchange Process The following is an overview of data exchange between the fieldbus master and the Advantys STB NIM while the TeSys U C Mu L Controller is operating Stage Description 1 The fieldbus master sends 7 words output data process image to the controller Control Register that is run forward run reverse Control of Communication Module reset warning Output Control that is control of output OA1 PKW request object for PKW service 2 words PKW request data for PKW service 2 words 2 The starter then sends 8 words input data process image to the fieldbus master Status Register that is ready tripped Module Status that is OA1 status Warning Register that is thermal warning Mechanical and Power Supply Status Register that is Contactor Position On PKW request object for PKW service 2 words PKW response data for PKW service 2 words Output Data Process Image The NIM keeps a record of output data in 1 block of registers in the process
289. the section What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page TeSys U Motor Control Devices 191 Assembly of a TeSys U Motor Control Device 194 The Seven Varieties of TeSys U Motor Control Devices 199 190 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys U Motor Control Devices TeSys U Motor Control Devices Introduction TeSys U motor control devices provide motor control that ranges from the basic motor starter controller with solid state thermal overload protection to a sophisticated motor controller that communicates on networks and includes programmable motor protection Makeup of a TeSys U Motor Control Device Using a plug in modular design allows for a variety of components to makeup the configuration of a TeSys U motor control device In this chapter we will be concerned with different combinations of the three parts show in the following figure to makeup seven different TeSys U motor control devices 1 power base 2 control unit 3 communication function module NOTE Several additional plug in components not shown in this figure can be added to the TeSys U power base Refer to the Schneider Electric TeSys U Line Motor Starters catalogue for details Using a plug in modular design the TeSys U line of motor control devices allow maximum flexibility in motor control You can select and install a variety of plug in components to satisfy your application requirements 31006
290. tics its associated bit value in the first input register is interpreted as follows e A value of 1 indicates that there is no signal at pin 2 The associated red LED turns on e A value of 0 indicates that there is a signal at pin 2 The associated LED is off 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices The third input register reports common diagnostics regardless of how the channels are configured A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected problem third input register common Ey T E ha his h2 i i E ok s 4 s 2 fi o 1 I not used loss of signal at diagnostic input actuator waming actuator short circuit sensor short circuit sensor under voltage no sensor power actuator under voltage no actuator power The fourth input register reports the detection of a short circuit on the sensor power supply for the 8 channels A returned bit value of 1 indicates a detected short circuit on the associated channel fourth input register sensor power short circuit a5 14 hs h2 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1140 channel 8 short circuit channel 7 short circuit channel 6 short circuit channel 5 short circuit _ not used L_ channel 1 short circuit channel 2 short circuit channel 3 short circuit L channel 4 short circuit The fifth input register reports actuator short ci
291. tiguous registers in the ess image The specific positions of the registers in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus The output data block in the NIM can be written using these tools e fieldbus master e HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port Put the island in Persistent or Password Test Mode e Advantys configuration software in online mode Put the island in Test Mode Input Process Image Response Buffer The 8 bit response buffer contains the state of the command currently being processed by the eNod4 T Command State Response Code Description no command 00H A new command can be sent in progress 01H The command is executing finished 02H The command task is complete error 03H The command task was interrupted by a detected error Gross Measurement The 32 bit gross measurement is the digital value after measurement scaling It is affected by all zero functions power up zero zero tracking and zero requests 184 31006709 7 2013 eNod4 T Weighing Module Measurement Status The 16 bit measurement status bytes contain information about every measurement that is processed by the eNod4 T as indicated by these flags Bits Meaning Note b4 bo reserved bg bo 0 0 measurement OK 1 0 gross measurement lt max capacity
292. to ensure that the drive will be in Switch on disabled state Drivecom profile Connect power cables and wiring as needed Connect power cables and logic wires to match the operation of the configured drive For wiring requirements see the ATV71 reference documents see page 155 31006709 7 2013 157 ATV71 Step Action Comment 11 Physically connect the ATV71 drive to the CAN ground CAN low bus signal and CAN high island via the Advantys CANopen Extension bus signal must be connected between the module Advantys CANopen Extension module and the ATV71 drive For additional information on CAN wiring requirements see the ATV71 reference documents see page 155 12 Apply power to the ATV71 drive 13 Control the ATV71 drive by writing to the Control the drive attached to the island by writing to Control Word the Control Word Refer to the ATV71 reference manuals see page 155 and the discussion of the ATV71 Process Image see page 162 Step 3 Expanded Step 3 Restore Drive Parameters to Factory Settings A WARNING UNINTENDED CONFIGURATION AND OPERATION OF THE DRIVE When restoring drive parameters to the factory settings use either the ATV71 drive s display terminal or PowerSuite to verify the validity of the parameters below Failure to follow these instructions can result in death serious injury or equipment damage Before physically connecti
293. ture detect An RTD device is a temperature transducer composed of conductive wire elements typically made of platinum nickel copper or nickel iron An RTD device provides a variable resistance across a specified temperature range run time parameters RTP lets you monitor and modify selected I O parameters and Island bus status registers of the NIM while the Advantys STB Island is running The RTP feature uses 5 reserved output words in the NIM s process image the RTP request block to send requests and 4 reserved input words in the NIM s process image the RTP response block to receive responses Available only in standard NIMs running firmware version 2 0 or higher reception For example in a CAN based network a PDO is described as an RxPDO of the device that receives it S service access point The point at which the services of 1 communications layer as defined by the ISO OSI reference model is made available to the next layer SCADA SDO supervisory control and data acquisition Typically accomplished in industrial settings by means of microcomputers service data object In CAN based networks SDO messages are used by the fieldbus master to access read write the object directories of network nodes 314 31006709 7 2013 Glossary segment A group of interconnected I O and power modules on an Island bus An Island must have at least 1 segment and depending on the type of NIM used may have as many as 7 s
294. tus 9 Input status 8 Word 4 Logic Output Status 458 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not used __ Output status 1 L Output status 2 Output status 3 Output status 4 L Output status 5 Output status 6 L Output status 7 Output status 8 Word 5 amp 6 PKW Response Object PKW Service Word 7 amp 8 PKW Response Data PKW Service 31006709 7 2013 277 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Section 13 3 CANopen TeSys T L with Expansion Module Overview This section describes the CANopen TeSys T L with expansion module variant of a TeSys T Motor Management Controller device What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page Configuring the CANopen TeSys T L with Expansion Module 279 CANopen TeSys T L with Expansion Module Data Process Image 282 278 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Configuring the CANopen TeSys T L with Expansion Module Introduction The CANopen TeSys T L is the TeSys T MMC with an expansion module operating in the Local mode It is the TeSys T L with Expansion Module variant of the TeSys T series of MMC devices Select one of the following MMC types e LTMR C where 08 or 27 or 100 and FM or BD e LTMEV40 Expansion Module Preliminary Setup Requirements Prior to using the Advan
295. tys STB Software ACS to configure the TeSys T L with Expansion Module on an STB island you need to set the baud rate and node ID address as well as all warning and fault parameter levels You do this with the PowerSuite configuration software Refer to the PowerSuite Instruction Sheet 1494182 NOTE The set up for performing the baud rate and the node ID procedure are defined in the TeSys T User Manual 1639503 NOTE Remote configuration mode is the default mode of operation You must use PowerSuite to set the mode to Local It is not possible to set any parameters for the MMC with the ACS 31006709 7 2013 279 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Connecting to the STB Island The TeSys T L with Expansion Module requires an STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module and STB XMP 1100 termination plate to be installed in the last two slots on the STB island that is to communicate with the controller You use a CANopen extension cable to connect the TeSys T L to the extension module An example of this type of setup is shown in the following figure PDT 3100 DDI 3230 17127 o a bd a anaa am IEA 4 D CANopen TeSys with Expansion Module Network Interface Module NIM STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied TeSys T LMMC expansion module ouRAWONnd NOTE You can use any standard Advantys STB NIM see page 19
296. ue that represents the position of the encoder s shaft In the NIM s input data process image the least significant word is stored in the lower address and the most significant word is stored in the upper address Register 1 lower word of the Position Value NOTE Consult the manuals provided by Telemecanique for additional details about the process image of the XCC 351xxS84CB encoder 102 31006709 7 2013 Chapter 5 Balluff BTL5 H1 Encoder About this Chapter This chapter describes the Balluff BTL5 H1 linear encoder as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island configuration What Is in This Chapter This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page Balluff BTL5 H1 Linear Encoder 104 BTL5 H1 Encoder Configuration 107 Functional Description of the BTL5 H1 Encoder 109 BTL5 H1 Process Image 112 31006709 7 2013 103 BTL5 H1 Balluff BTL5 H1 Linear Encoder Overview The Balluff BTL5 H1 is a linear encoder that reports to the NIM the speed and position of the magnet along the waveguide This encoder is available as an enhanced CANopen device for any Advantys STB island configuration In this capacity the encoder s direct CANopen connection communicates across the Advantys STB island allowing it to function as a node on the island For any supported fieldbus a standard Advantys STB NIM can control the BTL5 H1 encoder The encoder requires the follow
297. ules used as enhanced CANopen devices on an Advantys STB island configuration What Is in This Chapter This chapter contains the following sections Section Topic Page 13 1 Introduction to TeSys T MMC Devices 264 13 2 CANopen TeSys T L 270 13 3 CANopen TeSys T L with Expansion Module 278 13 4 CANopen TeSys T R 286 13 5 CANopen TeSys T R with Expansion Module 294 31006709 7 2013 263 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management Section 13 1 Introduction to TeSys T MMC Devices Introduction This section describes the makeup of a basic TeSys T MMC device and how it can be used as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island configuration Also a description of the four varieties of TeSys T motor management devices is included at the end of the section What Is in This Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page TeSys T MMC Devices 265 The Four Varieties of TeSys T MMC Devices 269 264 31006709 7 2013 CANopen TeSys T Motor Management TeSys T MMC Devices System Overview The TeSys T Motor Management Control MMC system consisting of controller and expansion module devices provides protection control and monitoring capabilities for single phase and 3 phase AC induction motors The system offers diagnostic and statistical functions as well as configurable warnings and faults These features allow better prediction of component main
298. unctioning Set Point 1 Low Value Set Point 1 High Value 20000 Set Point 2 Low Value 30000 Set Point 2 High Value 40000 sy N 10000 N Restore Default Values Module Help Cancel Apply Configure object dictionary entries NOTE e Some ofthese parameters apply to the module when it is connected to an Advantys STB island as an enhanced CANopen device For such applications use the Advantys configuration software to change or modify eNod4 T parameters RTP run time parameters and the Scaime software tool should be used for the digital filter configuration for eNod4 T when necessary For detailed descriptions of eNod4 T parameters and functions refer to the user manual at the website of the manufacturer Scaime www scaime com e Some parameters that are not supported by Advantys STB may be changed by the Scaime software tool In those cases restore the eNod4 T to its factory settings with the Scaime software tool before using it with Advantys STB Similarly restore the eNod4 T factory default settings in advance when it is not used with Advantys STB The parameters are described individually below 180 31006709 7 2013 eNod4 T Weighing Module Scale Interval Parameter The scale interval is the minimum difference or division d between 2 consecutive indicated values either gross or net The available values are 1d 2d 5d 10d 20d 50d and 100d Zero Mode Parameter The value of
299. uration What Is in This Chapter This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page ATV32 Overview 130 ATV32 Functional Description 132 ATV32 Configuration and Operation 133 ATV32 Process Image 139 31006709 7 2013 129 ATV32 ATV32 Overview Introduction The ATV32 variable speed drive is available as an enhanced CANopen device for any Advantys STB island configuration In this capacity the drive s direct CANopen connection communicates across the Advantys STB island allowing it to function as a node on the island The ATV32 is a frequency converter designed to cover applications from 0 18 to 2 2 kw for single phase and 0 37 to 15 kw for 3 phase Use of this drive requires version 7 0 0 3 or greater of the Advantys configuration software For any supported fieldbus a standard Advantys STB NIM can control the ATV32 The drive requires the following versions or later of the Advantys STB NIM firmware Fieldbus Advantys Part Number Minimum Version Profibus see note STBNDP2212 4 06 Ethernet STBNIP2212 3 00 Ethernet STBNIP2311 4 01 EtherNet IP STBNIC2212 3 00 NOTE The total I O mapping to the Profibus NIM STBNDP2212 is limited to 120 words When the sum of the input and output words including HMI to PLC and PLC to HMI words is greater than 120 the compile procedure is not successful The firmware version of the ATV32 drive must be V1 5IEO8 6 or la
300. uring the ATV31 or ATV312 Drive The following steps provide an overview of configuring the ATV31x drive for operation in the Advantys STB system Several of these steps are described in greater detail elsewhere in this document as noted Step Action 1 Disconnect the ATV31x drive from any and all CAN connections 2 Turn on power to the ATV31x drive 3 Optional Restore the parameters in the drive to the factory settings see page 120 4 Set CANopen baud rate and node address see page 121 5 Optional Configure the other parameters using either the drive s display and buttons or PowerSuite Turn off power to the ATV31x drive 7 Use the Advantys configuration software to build a configuration that matches the physical configuration of the island then download the configuration to the NIM see page 122 3 Write 0x0000 to the drive s Control Word see page 122 in the NIM s output data process image to ensure that the drive DRIVECOM will be in Switch on disabled state 9 Connect the ATV31x drive to the Advantys CANopen Extension module see page 122 10 Turn on power see page 122 to the ATV31x drive 11 Control the ATV31x drive by writing to Control Word see page 122 See detailed instructions for this step below 31006709 7 2013 119 ATV31 and ATV312 Step 3 Expanded Step 3 Optional Restore the parameter
301. us to the NIM Register 1 hs ha hs he ji ho Jo s 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 L_extension input 0 not used extension input 7 L extension input 1 extension input 6 extension input 2 extension input 5 extension input 3 extension input 4 Register 2 is 14 hs h2 haholo ls 7 e s 4 Ja 2 1 fo extension input 15 L extension input 8 not used extension input 9 extension input 10 extension input 13 extension input 11 extension input 12 extension input 14 24 31006709 7 2013 Chapter 2 Advantys FTB IP67 Protected Devices Overview Advantys FTB devices are IP67 protected monoblock I O splitter boxes FTB devices with CANopen fieldbus interfaces may be used as enhanced CANopen devices in an Advantys STB island configuration This implementation uses the direct CANopen connection on an FTB monoblock allowing the device to become a node on the island These Advantys FTB devices enhance the mechatronics of an island bus by bringing the I O connections out of the NEMA cabinet that encloses standard STB segments You can position your I O closer to the sensors and actuators they control even in harsh operating environments You can use any Advantys STB NIM to control the FTB devices allowing them to function on any
302. ut data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master or by the Advantys configuration software in online mode if the island is in Test mode The ATV71 drive uses two registers in the output process image The NIM s output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 to 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The ATV71 drive uses two contiguous registers in the output data block The specific positions of the registers in the process image are based on the module s node address on the island bus 162 31006709 7 2013 ATV71 Output Process Image Register 1 Control Word 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Switch on Enable voltage Quick stop Enable operation Reserved set to 0 Fault reset Assignable Direction of rotation command default Reserved set to 0 Halt Register 2 Speed Target This 16 bit integer value represents the target velocity of the drive RPM nshahshejnhojo 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 fo Sign Input Process Image Register 1 Status Word Ready to switch on Direction of Rotation Stop via STOP key Reserved Internal limit active Switched on Operation enabled Fault Volt bled Target reached Suck toD een Remote Switch on disabled Reserved Warning Register 2 Output Speed This 16 bit integer value repres
303. uts ns 14 ha h2 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 3 2 11 0 L state of actuator 1 notised or not used state of actuator 8 state of actuator 2 or not used or not used state of actuator 7 _ state of actuator 3 or not used or not used state of actuator 6 state of actuator 4 ornot used or not used _ state of actuator 5 or not used Optionally you may use the Advantys configuration software to reassign pin 2 on any or all of the sockets to support a sensor input or an actuator output When pin 2 on a socket is configured for I O the input or output on pin 4 of that socket does not report diagnostics You may configure pin 2 on any of the channels to support outputs in which case the state of the outputs is reported in the second register of the output process image used by the FTB 1CN16CMO When pin 2 of is configured to support an input or a diagnostic the associated bit in this register is not used second output register pin 2 outputs 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 J6 5 3 2 10 not used state of actuator 16 or not used state of actuator 15 or not used state of actuator14 ornot used L state of actuator 9 ornot used _ state of actuator 10 ornot used State of actuator 11 or not used state of actuator 12 or not u
304. value i e the fallback mode and fallback state of each actuator output Input Diagnostic Parameter By default the Input Diagnostic parameter is set to a value of 1 on each channel i e on each of the 8 M12 round sockets on the splitter box A value of 1 indicates that pin 2 on a socket is reporting diagnostics for the associated actuator 48 31006709 7 2013 FTB IP67 Devices Optionally you may set the value of any of these channels to 0 which configures pin 2 for the associated channel to report the state of an additional sensor input When the Input Diagnostic parameter for a channel is set to 0 the module does not report diagnostics for the associated actuator or sensor OJE socket 4 socket 8 socket 3 oe socket 7 oe C socket 2 socket 6 JRC socket 1 o o e o socket 5 31006709 7 2013 49 FTB IP67 Devices Socket Pin Default Setting Optional Configurable Setting 1 4 state of sensor 1 state of actuator 1 2 diagnostic for sensor 1 or actuator 1 state of sensor 9 2 4 state of sensor 2 state of actuator 2 2 diagnostic for sensor 2 or actuator 2 state of sensor 10 3 4 state of sensor 3 state of actuator 3 2 diagnostic for sensor 3 or actuator 3 state of sensor 11 4 4 state of sensor 4 state of actuator 4 2 diagnostic for sensor 4 or actuator 4 state of sensor 12
305. xits the configuration mode Cycle the drive power The CANopen baud rate and node address take effect Step 5 Expanded Step 5 Configure the Drive to Use Command and Reference from the CANopen Interface Follow these steps Step Action Comment 5 1 Apply power to the control card of the ATV61 drive The ATV61 powers on 5 2 Press ENT to access MAIN MENU The MAIN MENU appears 5 3 Select 1 DRIVE MENU and press ENT The ATV61 drive configuration menu appears 5 4 Select 1 6 COMMAND and press ENT You can modify the reference channel configuration 5 5 Select Ref 1 channel and press ENT Reference channel 1 is used for drive application functions 5 6 Select CANopen and press ENT The CANopen interface is selected as reference channel 1 5 7 Select Profile and press ENT Choose whether command and reference come from the same channel 5 8 Select Not separ and press ENT The ATV61 is configured to use command and reference from the same channel 5 9 Press ESC three times to exit the configuration mode ATV61 exits the configuration mode 148 31006709 7 2013 ATV61 Fallback Behavior When communications are lost between the drive and the fieldbus master the drive and the motor attached to the drive go to a known state known as the fallback state The behaviors of the drive and the m
306. xtension module STB XMP 1100 termination plate CANopen extension cable user supplied XCC 351xxS84CB encoder akrOND NOTE For detailed descriptions of XCC 351xxS84CB encoder wiring LED patterns set up procedures and functionality refer to user documentation provided by Telemecanique part number 1690023 _02A55 01 01 2006 31006709 7 2013 97 XCC 351xxS84CB XCC 351xxS84CB Encoder Configuration Introduction To use the XCC 351xxS84CB encoder as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island you have to set the appropriate e baud rate e node ID NOTE The set up procedures for the baud rate switch Bd and the node ID rotary switches are defined in the XCC 351xxS84CB user manual supplied by Telemecanique Configuration Set the baud rate island bus node ID and bus termination with the encoder s rotary switches termination resistor baud rate switch node ID switches 98 31006709 7 2013 XCC 351xxS84CB To configure the encoder as an enhanced CANopen device on an Advantys STB island Step Action Comment 1 Turn off the operating voltage of the encoder 2 Unscrew the encoder base to access the encoder settings Set the baud rate switch Bd to position 5 Position 5 sets the baud rate to 500 kbps the required operating baud rate for an Advantys STB island with enhanced CANopen devices Set the node ID 1 to 32 with the othe
307. ys T Motor Management Controllers 263 13 1 Introduction to TeSys T MMC Devices 00005 264 TeSys T MMC Devices 0 000 e eee ee eee eens 265 The Four Varieties of TeSys T MMC Devices 269 13 2 CANopen TeSys T bowie soe ccovig Sew oe wad aan eee earn Be 270 Configuring the CANopen TeSys TL 0 000 eee eee eee 271 CANopen TeSys T L Data Process Image 0 5 274 13 3 CANopen TeSys T L with Expansion Module 278 Configuring the CANopen TeSys T L with Expansion Module 279 CANopen TeSys T L with Expansion Module Data Process Image 282 13 4 CANopen TeSys TR 0 00 ete ees 286 Configuring the CANopen TeSys TR 0 eee eee eee 287 CANopen TeSys T R Data Process Image 290 13 5 CANopen TeSys T R with Expansion Module 294 Configuring the CANopen TeSys T R with Expansion Module 295 CANopen TeSys T R with Expansion Module Data Process Image 298 Glossaly ioka a a E a E ud ten Eea N a a aan 301 INDEX seriririsctenest opp nuuu a eea wed kas 319 31006709 7 2013 Safety Information IAN Important Information NOTICE Read these instructions carefully and look at the equipment to become familiar with the device before trying to install operate or maintain it The following special messages may appear throughout this documentation or on the equipment to warn of potential haza

Advantys STB - LUCKINSlive

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents